0001047469-11-002025.txt : 20110311 0001047469-11-002025.hdr.sgml : 20110311 20110311114551 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001047469-11-002025 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 8 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20101231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20110311 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20110311 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: NORTECH SYSTEMS INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000722313 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, NEC [3679] IRS NUMBER: 411681094 STATE OF INCORPORATION: MN FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-13257 FILM NUMBER: 11680834 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1120 WAYZATA BLVD EAST STREET 2: SUITE 201 CITY: WAYZATA STATE: MN ZIP: 55391 BUSINESS PHONE: 9523452277 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1120 WAYZATA BLVD EAST CITY: WAYZATA STATE: MN ZIP: 55391 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: DSC NORTECH INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19901217 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: DIGIGRAPHIC SYSTEMS CORP DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19881113 10-K 1 a2202512z10-k.htm 10-K

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)    

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

OR

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                             to                            

NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED

Commission file number 0-13257
State of Incorporation: Minnesota
IRS Employer Identification No. 
41-1681094
Executive Offices:
1120 Wayzata Blvd E., Suite 201, Wayzata, MN 55391
Telephone number:
(952) 345-2244

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o    No o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. Yes ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

  Large Accelerated Filer o   Accelerated Filer o   Non-accelerated Filer o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller Reporting Company ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o    No ý

         The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of $3.75 per share, was $4,571,370 on June 30, 2010.

         Shares of common stock outstanding at March 9, 2011: 2,742,992.

         (The remainder of this page was intentionally left blank.)


Table of Contents

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

        Portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Shareholders' Meeting have been incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. The Proxy Statement is expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2010, the end of our fiscal year.

        (The remainder of this page was intentionally left blank)

2


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  PAGE

PART I

       

Item 1.

 

Business

 
4-7

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 
7-9

Item 2.

 

Properties

 
9-10

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

 
10

PART II

       

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 
10

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 
11-15

Item 8.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 
16-39

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 
40

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures (Including Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting)

 
40

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

 
40

PART III

       

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 
41

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

 
41

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 
41

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 
42

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 
42

PART IV

       

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

 
42

 

Signatures

 
43

 

Index to Exhibits

 
44

3


Table of Contents

NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

PART I

ITEM 1.        BUSINESS

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        We are a Minnesota corporation organized in December 1990, filing annual reports, quarterly reports, proxy statements, and other documents with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act). The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 340 Fifth Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Also, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including us, who file electronically with the SEC. The public can obtain any documents that we file with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

        We make available free of charge through our Internet website (http://www.nortechsys.com) our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Press Releases, and Current Reports on Form 8-K.

GENERAL

        We are an Electronic Manufacturing Service (EMS) contract manufacturing company with our headquarters in Wayzata, Minnesota, a suburb of Minneapolis, Minnesota. We maintain manufacturing facilities in Minnesota including Bemidji, Blue Earth, Milaca, Baxter, and Merrifield as well as Augusta, Wisconsin; Monterrey, Mexico; and as of January 1, 2011, Mankato, Minnesota. We manufacture wire harness cable and printed circuit board assemblies, electronic sub-assemblies, higher level assemblies and complete devices. We provide value added services and technical support including design, testing, prototyping and supply chain management. The vast majority of our revenue is derived from products built to the customer's design specifications.

        We provide a high degree of manufacturing expertise using statistical process controls to ensure product quality, total supply chain solution management, lean manufacturing practices, and the systems necessary to effectively manage the business. This level of sophistication enables us to attract major original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and to expand and diversify our customer base across several markets to avoid the effects of fluctuations within a given industry. Our primary focus is in three major markets: Aerospace and Defense, Medical and Industrial Equipment.

        We believe the EMS industry will provide growth for contract manufacturing as the macro economy improves along with further industry consolidations. Outsourcing remains a strong option for OEMs as they prefer to invest and focus on marketing and product development, and rely on EMS providers for their production and supply chain requirements.

ACQUISITIONS

        On May 4, 2010, we acquired all of the intellectual property and assets, excluding cash and receivables, of Trivirix Corporation, Milaca, MN for $403,000 which consisted of $303,000 in inventory and $100,000 in property and equipment. This operation specializes in design, manufacturing and post-production services of complex electronic and electromechanical medical devices for diagnostic, analytical and other life-science applications. This acquisition expands our capabilities and expertise serving medical electronics manufacturers. The acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination and results of operations for Milaca since the date of acquisition are included in the consolidated financial statements.

        On January 1, 2011, we completed the acquisition of the EMS business unit of Winland Electronics, Inc., (Winland) a Minnesota corporation. We paid $1,042,389 in cash at closing and will make deferred payments of $250,000 each on July 1, 2011 and October 1, 2011 for substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of their EMS operations. We have also agreed to a six year agreement with Winland to lease office and manufacturing space in Mankato, Minnesota and sublease a portion of it back to them through December 31, 2011.

        In connection with the acquisition, we agreed to purchase a minimum of $2,200,000 of inventory as consumed over the next 24 months. We also entered into an agreement to manufacture certain products related to the production of Winland's proprietary monitoring devices business unit. See note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for further information on this acquisition.

        We continue to investigate potential acquisition opportunities as a normal course of business and a strategy for growth.

4


Table of Contents

BUSINESS SEGMENT

        All of our operations fall under the Contract Manufacturing segment within the Electronic Manufacturing Services (EMS) industry. We strategically direct production between our various manufacturing facilities based on a number of considerations to best meet our customers' requirements. We share resources for sales, marketing, information services, cash and risk management, banking, credit and collections, human resources, payroll, internal control, audit, taxes, SEC reporting and corporate accounting. Our financial information is consolidated and evaluated regularly by the chief decision maker in assessing performance and allocating resources.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

        The EMS industry has evolved into a dynamic, high tech global electronics contract services industry. We continue to expand our capabilities to better meet these changing market requirements. Along with offering technical expertise in our quality processes, design applications and testing, we are also increasing our focus on supplier-managed inventory services and the cost drivers throughout the supply chain. Our international operation and international partnerships allow us to take advantage of lower-cost alternatives for our customers and remain competitive in the marketplace.

        We continue to pursue acquisitions, mergers, and/or joint ventures of companies in the EMS industry to remain competitive, grow our customer base and increase revenues. Our strategic objectives and our history have been based on both organic and acquired growth.

        Our quality systems and processes are based on ISO standards with all facilities certified to the latest version of the ISO 9001 and/or AS 9100 Aerospace standards. We also have ISO 13485 certification which recognizes our quality management systems applicable to contract design, manufacture and repair of assemblies for the medical industry. Our Milaca operation is an FDA registered facility. We believe these certifications and registrations benefit our customer base and increase our chances of attracting new business opportunities.

        We are committed to quality, cost effectiveness and responsiveness to customer requirements. To achieve these objectives we have invested in ROHS (lead free) processing, equipment, plant capacity studies, people, ERP systems, and lean manufacturing and supply chain management techniques at our facilities. We are committed to continuous improvement in order to provide competitive and comprehensive manufacturing service solutions to our customers. We will maintain a diversified customer base, and expand into other capabilities and services when they fit our core competencies and strategic vision.

MARKETING

        We concentrate our marketing efforts in the Aerospace and Defense, Medical and Industrial Equipment markets. Our marketing strategy emphasizes the breadth of our manufacturing, supply chain and engineering services and reflects the complete turnkey solution for meeting our customers' current and future requirements.

        Our customer emphasis continues to be on mature companies, which require a contract manufacturer with a high degree of manufacturing and quality sophistication, including statistical process control (SPC), statistical quality control (SQC), International Standards Organization (ISO), Military Specifications (Mill Spec), Aerospace Systems 9100 (AS) and FDA facility registration. We continue efforts to penetrate our existing customer base and expand new market opportunities with participation in industry publications and selected trade shows. We target customers who value proven manufacturing performance, design and application engineering expertise and who value the flexibility to manage the supply chain of a high mix of products and services. We market our services through our in-house sales force and independent manufacturers' representatives.

SOURCES AND AVAILABILITY OF MATERIALS

        We currently purchase the majority of our electronic components directly from electronic component manufacturers and large electronic distributors. On occasion some of our components may be placed on a stringent allocation basis; however, we are not experiencing any major material purchasing or availability problems.

PATENTS AND LICENSES

        We are not presently dependent on a proprietary product requiring licensing, patent, copyright or trademark protection. There are no revenues derived from a service-related business for which patents, licenses,

5


Table of Contents


copyrights and trademark protection are necessary for successful operations.

COMPETITION

        The contract manufacturing EMS industry's competitive makeup includes small closely held contract manufacturing companies, large global full-service contract manufacturers, company-owned in-house manufacturing facilities and foreign contract manufacturers. We do not believe that the small closely held operations pose a significant competitive threat in the markets and customers we serve, as they generally do not have the complete manufacturing services or capabilities required by our target customers. We do believe the larger global full service and foreign manufacturers do provide a substantial competitive environment as their technical support has improved greatly along with their ability to be more responsive to engineering and schedule changes. We continue to see opportunities with OEM companies that have their own in-house electronic manufacturing capabilities as they evaluate their internal costs and investments against outsourcing to contract manufacturers. The willingness of foreign manufacturers to "stock" finished product at warehouse locations in the United States is another of their competitive advantages, however, their inability to react to engineering, product or schedule changes is a disadvantage and plays into our strength. To mitigate foreign competition, we operate a manufacturing operation in Mexico and have other sourcing solutions to support our customers with a "Low Cost" supply chain solution.

MAJOR CUSTOMERS

        Two divisions of General Electric, Co. (G.E.) accounted for 10% or more of our net sales during the past two years. G.E.'s Medical Division accounted for 19% and 13% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. G.E.'s Transportation Division accounted for 8% and 12% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Together, G.E.'s Medical and Transportation Divisions accounted for 27% and 25% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Accounts receivable from G.E.'s Medical and Transportation Divisions at December 31, 2010 and 2009 represented 14% and 16% of total accounts receivable, respectively.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

        We perform research and development for customers on an as requested and program basis for development of conceptual engineering and design activities prior to manufacturing the products. We did not expend significant dollars in 2010 or 2009 on company-sponsored product research and development.

ENVIRONMENTAL LAW COMPLIANCE

        We believe that our manufacturing facilities are currently operating under compliance with local, state, and federal environmental laws. We have incurred, and plan to continue incurring, the necessary expenditures for compliance with applicable laws. Any environmental-oriented equipment is capitalized and depreciated over a seven-year period. The annualized depreciation expense for this type of environmental equipment is insignificant.

EMPLOYEES

        We have 667 full-time and 42 part-time/temporary employees as of December 31, 2010. Manufacturing personnel, including direct, indirect support and sales functions, comprise 681 employees, while general administrative employees total 28. At December 31, 2009 we had 515 full-time and 23 part-time/temporary employees.

FOREIGN OPERATIONS AND EXPORT SALES

        We have a leased manufacturing facility in Monterrey, Mexico with approximately $192,000 in long-term assets at December 31, 2010. Export sales represent 6% and 4% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We may also make forward-looking statements in other reports filed with the SEC, in materials delivered to stockholders and in press releases. Such statements generally will be accompanied by words such as "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "forecast," "intend," "possible," "potential," "predict," "project," or other similar words that convey the uncertainty of future events or outcomes. Although we believe these forward-looking statements are

6


Table of Contents


reasonable, they are based upon a number of assumptions concerning future conditions, any or all of which may ultimately prove to be inaccurate. Forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

    Volatility in the marketplace which may affect market supply and demand of our products;

    Increased competition;

    Changes in the reliability and efficiency of our operating facilities or those of third parties;

    Risks related to availability of labor;

    Increase in certain raw material costs such as copper and oil;

    Commodity and Energy cost instability;

    General economic, financial and business conditions that could affect our financial condition and results of operations:

    Successful integration of recent acquisitions

        The factors identified above are believed to be important factors (but not necessarily all of the important factors) that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statement made by us. Discussion of these factors is also incorporated in Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors", and should be considered an integral part of Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations". Unpredictable or unknown factors not discussed herein could also have material adverse effects on forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements included in this Form 10-K are expressly qualified in their entirety by the forgoing cautionary statements. We undertake no obligations to update publicly any forward-looking statement (or its associated cautionary language) whether as a result of new information or future events.

ITEM 1A.        RISK FACTORS

        In evaluating us as a company, careful consideration should be given to the following risk factors, in addition to the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Each of these risk factors could adversely affect our business, operating results and/or financial condition, as well as adversely affect the value of an investment in our common stock. In addition to the following disclosures, please refer to the other information contained in this report, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

The economic conditions in the United States and around the world could adversely affect our financial results.

        Demand for our products and services depends upon worldwide economic conditions, including but not limited to overall economic growth rates, construction, consumer spending, financing availability, employment rates, interest rates, inflation, consumer confidence, defense spending levels, and the profits, capital spending, and liquidity of industrial companies.

We operate in the highly competitive EMS industry.

        We compete against many EMS companies. The larger global competitors have more resources and greater economies of scale. We also compete with OEM in-house operations that are continually evaluating manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing. We may also be at a competitive disadvantage with respect to price when compared to manufacturers with excess capacity, lower cost structures and availability of lower cost labor.

        The availability of excess manufacturing capacity of our competitors also creates competitive pressure on price and winning new business. We must continue to provide a quality product, be responsive and flexible to customers' requirements, and deliver to customers' expectations. Our lack of execution could have an adverse effect on our operations.

A large percentage of our sales have been made to a small number of customers, and the loss of a major customer, if not replaced, would adversely affect us.

        G.E.'s Medical and Transportation Divisions accounted for 27% and 25% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

We are dependent on suppliers for electronic components and may experience shortages, extended lead times, cost premiums and shipment delays that would adversely affect our customers and us.

        We purchase raw materials, commodities and components for use in our production. Increased costs of these materials could have an adverse effect on our production costs if we are unable to pass along price increases or reduce the other cost of goods produced through cost improvement initiatives. Fuel and energy

7


Table of Contents


cost increases could also adversely affect our freight and operating costs. Due to customer specifications and requirements, we are dependent on suppliers to provide critical electronic components and materials for our operations that could result in shortages of some of the electronic components needed for their production. Component shortages may result in expedited freight, overtime premiums and increased component costs. In addition to the financial impact on operations from lost revenue and increased cost, there could potentially be harm to our customer relationships.

Our customers cancel orders, change order quantity, timing and specifications that if not managed would have an adverse affect on inventory carrying costs.

        We do face, through the normal course of business, customer cancellations and rescheduled orders and are not always successful in recovering the costs of such cancellations or rescheduling. In addition, excess and obsolete inventory losses as a result of customer order changes, cancellations, product changes and contract termination could have an adverse effect on our operations. We estimate and reserve for any known or potential impact from these possibilities.

The manufacture and sale of our products carries potential risk for product liability claims.

        We represent and warrant the goods and services we deliver are free from defects in material and workmanship for one year from ship date. We make no other guarantees or warranties, expressed or implied, of any nature whatsoever as to the goods including without limitation, warranties to merchantability, fit for a particular purpose, non-infringement of patent or the like unless agreed upon in writing. If a product liability claim results in our being liable and the amount is in excess of our insurance coverage or there is no insurance coverage for the claim then it could have an adverse effect on our business and financial position.

We depend heavily on our people and may from time to time have difficulty attracting and retaining skilled employees.

        Our operations depend upon the continued contributions of our key management, marketing, technical, financial, accounting, product development engineers, sales people and operational personnel. We also believe that our continued success will depend upon our ability to attract, retain and develop highly skilled managerial and technical resources within the highly competitive EMS industry. Not being able to attract or retain these employees could have a material adverse effect on revenues and earnings.

Operating in foreign countries exposes our operations to risks that could adversely affect our operating results.

        We've operated a manufacturing facility in Mexico since 2002. Our operation there is subject to risks that could adversely impact our financial results, such as economic or political volatility, crime, severe weather, employee turnover, staffing, managing personnel in diverse culture, labor instability, transportation delays, and foreign currency fluctuations.

Non-compliance with environmental laws may result in restrictions and could adversely affect operations.

        Our operations are regulated under a number of federal, state, and foreign environmental and safety laws and regulations that govern the discharge of hazardous materials into the air and water, as well as the handling, storage, and disposal of such materials. These laws and regulations include the Clean Air Act; the Clean Water Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act; as well as analogous state and foreign laws. Compliance with these environmental laws is a major consideration for us due to our manufacturing processes and materials. It is possible we may be subject to potential financial liability for costs associated with the investigation and remediation at our sites; this may have an adverse effect on operations. We have not incurred significant costs related to compliance with environmental laws and regulations and we believe that our operations comply with all applicable environmental laws.

        Environmental laws could also become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violation. We operate in environmentally sensitive locations and are subject to potentially conflicting and changing regulatory agendas of political, business, and environmental groups. Changes or restrictions on discharge limits; emissions levels; or material storage, handling, or disposal might require a high level of unplanned capital investment or relocation. It is possible that environmental compliance costs and penalties from new or existing regulations may harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

8


Table of Contents


We may be subject to risks associated with our acquisitions, and the risks could adversely affect our operating results.

        Our strategy is to grow our business organically and through acquisitions, alliances and joint venture arrangements. We will continue to pursue and acquire additional businesses in the EMS industry that fit our long-term objectives for growth and profitability. The success of our acquisitions will depend on our ability to integrate the new operations with the existing operations.

If we fail to comply with the covenants contained in our revolving credit facility we may be unable to secure additional financing and repayment obligations on our outstanding indebtedness may be accelerated.

        Our revolving credit facility and debt agreements contain financial and operating covenants with which we must comply. As of December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with these covenants. However, our continued compliance with these covenants is dependent on our financial results, which are subject to fluctuation as described elsewhere in these risk factors. If we fail to comply with the covenants in the future or if our lender does not agree to waive any future non-compliance, we may be unable to borrow funds and any outstanding indebtedness could become immediately due and payable, which could materially harm our business.

We are dependent on our management information systems for order, inventory and production management, financial reporting, communications and other functions. If our information systems fail or experience major interruptions, our business and our financial results could be adversely affected.

        We rely on our management information systems to effectively manage our operational and financial functions. Our computer systems, Internet web sites, telecommunications, and data networks are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from power loss, natural disasters and attacks from viruses or hackers. These types of system failures or interruption could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our business may be impacted by natural disasters.

        Tornadoes, blizzards and other natural disasters could negatively impact our business and supply chain. In countries that we rely on for operations and materials, such as Mexico, China and Thailand, potential natural disasters could disrupt our manufacturing operations, reduce demand for our customers' products and increase supply chain costs.

ITEM 2.        PROPERTIES

ADMINISTRATION

        Our Corporate Headquarters consists of approximately 5,000 square feet located in Wayzata, Minnesota, a western suburb of Minneapolis, Minnesota. The Corporate Headquarters has a lease with a five-year term that expires on July 31, 2015. A portion of the Bemidji facility is used for corporate financial and information systems shared services.

MANUFACTURING FACILITIES

        Our manufacturing facilities as described below are in good operating condition and are suitable for our needs. We believe our overall productive capacity is sufficient to handle our foreseeable manufacturing needs and customer requirements.

        We own our Bemidji, Minnesota facility consisting of eight acres of land and a building of approximately 69,000 square feet consisting of 56,000 square feet designated for manufacturing space, and the remaining space is used for offices.

        In November 2009, we sold a 14,000 square foot building in Fairmont, Minnesota. We still own two buildings in Fairmont which together contain approximately 37,000 square feet. Both buildings are held for sale.

        We own a building in Blue Earth, Minnesota, of approximately 140,000 square feet consisting of 92,000 square feet designated for manufacturing space. The remaining space is being used for offices and warehouse.

        We own a building in Merrifield, Minnesota, of approximately 46,000 square feet consisting of 34,000 square feet designated for manufacturing; the remaining space is used for offices and warehouse.

        In Baxter, Minnesota we lease 9,000 square feet in one building and 8,000 square feet in another building. Together the buildings contain 13,000 square feet designated for electronic board repair of medical equipment with the remaining space being used for offices and warehouse. We are leasing these buildings on a month-to-month basis.

        We own our Augusta, Wisconsin facility consisting of five acres of land and a building of approximately 20,000 square feet. 15,000 square feet are designated for manufacturing space, and the remaining space is used for offices.

9


Table of Contents

        We lease a 30,000 square foot building in Monterrey, Mexico consisting of 29,000 square feet designated for manufacturing space with the remaining space being used for offices. The lease expires on June 30, 2011 at which point we expect to renew.

        In Garner, Iowa we lease a 38,000 square foot building. The lease expires on June 30, 2011. In connection with the restructuring activities during 2009, this facility was sub-leased on August 26, 2009 through the remaining term of the lease.

        We lease a 20,000 square foot building in Milaca, Minnesota consisting of 15,000 square feet designated for manufacturing space with the remaining space being used for offices. The lease expires on July 31, 2011 at which point we intend to renew.

        As part of the acquisition of the EMS business unit of Winland in January 2011, we agreed to lease a 58,000 square foot building consisting of 43,000 square feet designated for manufacturing and the remaining space used for offices. The lease expires on January 1, 2017 at which point we have the right of first refusal and an option to purchase the building. A portion of this facility will be subleased back to Winland through December 31, 2011.

ITEM 3.        LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        From time to time, we are involved in ordinary, routine or regulatory legal proceedings incidental to the business. When a loss is deemed probable and reasonably estimable an amount is recorded in our financial statements. We currently are not a party to any material legal proceeding.


PART II

ITEM 5.        MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

        As of March 3, 2011, there were 752 shareholders of record. Our stock is listed on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ") Small Cap Market under the symbol "NSYS". We intend to invest our profits into the growth of our operations and, therefore, do not plan to pay out dividends to shareholders in the foreseeable future. We did not declare or pay a cash dividend in 2010 or 2009. Future dividend policy and payments, if any, will depend upon earnings and our financial condition, our need for funds, any limitations on payments of dividends present in our current or future debt agreements, and other factors.

        Stock price comparisons (NASDAQ):

During the Three Months Ended
  Low   High  
 

March 31, 2010

  $ 3.07   $ 3.77  
 

June 30, 2010

  $ 3.32   $ 3.99  
 

September 30, 2010

  $ 3.10   $ 3.75  
 

December 31, 2010

  $ 3.32   $ 4.62  
 

March 31, 2009

 
$

2.80
 
$

4.69
 
 

June 30, 2009

  $ 2.50   $ 3.53  
 

September 30, 2009

  $ 2.40   $ 3.00  
 

December 31, 2009

  $ 2.74   $ 3.29  

        Sales of Unregistered Securities:

        We did not have any unregistered sales of equity securities in 2010.

        Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers:

        We did not make any purchases of our equity securities in 2010.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

        Certain information with respect to our equity compensation plans are contained in Part III, Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

10


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.        MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

        We are a Wayzata, Minnesota based full-service EMS contract manufacturer of wire and cable assemblies, printed circuit board assemblies, higher-level assemblies and box builds for a wide range of industries. We serve three major markets within the EMS industry: Aerospace and Defense, Medical, and the Industrial market which includes industrial equipment, transportation, vision, agriculture, oil and gas. In Minnesota, we have facilities in Baxter, Bemidji, Blue Earth, Fairmont, Merrifield, Milaca and Wayzata. We also have facilities in Augusta, Wisconsin; Monterrey, Mexico; and as of January 1, 2011, Mankato, Minnesota.

        The vast majority of our revenue is derived from products that are built to the customer's design specifications and consist of a wide range of simple to highly complex manufacturing processes. During 2010, we continued our supply chain and lean manufacturing initiatives designed to reduce costs, improve asset utilization and increase responsiveness to customers. Our initiatives focused on improving our ability to promise based on our capabilities and scheduling as well as improving our manufacturing processes and yields by doing it right the first time. Our goal is to expand and diversify our customer base by focusing on sales and marketing efforts that fit our value-added service strategy. Our Mexico operation allows for medium volume and mix with lower cost production alternatives when the opportunities are presented. We also benefit from our relationships with Asian manufacturers and suppliers that allow us to meet higher volume, lower mix and lower cost customer requirements when lead times and product stability are not as critical.

        In the first half of 2010 we saw our revenues stabilize and customer confidence improve. Our 90 day backlog increased steadily leading to a double digit revenue growth for the year.

        Our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $99.8 million, an increase of 25% compared to 2009. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales was 11.5% and 7.2% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The cost reduction and capacity consolidation efforts which were completed in third quarter 2009, account for the significant improvements in gross profit performance in 2010. Our net income in 2010 was $506,766 or $0.18 per diluted common share compared to net loss of $3,835,041 or $1.40 per diluted common share in 2009.

        We continued to focus on cash management and cash conservation throughout 2010. Cash from Operating Activities was $2,890,000 for the year. On January 6, 2011 we entered into the first amendment to the third amended and restated credit and security agreement with Wells Fargo Bank (WFB) which provides a $13.5 million line of credit through May 31, 2013. We believe our financing arrangements and cash flows provided by operations will be sufficient to satisfy our working capital needs through the foreseeable future.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

        Our significant accounting policies and estimates are summarized in the footnotes to our annual consolidated financial statements. Some of the accounting policies require us to exercise significant judgment in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. Such judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. These judgments are based on historical experience, known trends in the industry, terms of existing contracts and other information from outside sources, as appropriate. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions. Certain of the most critical estimates that require significant judgment are as follows:

Revenue Recognition:

        We recognize revenue upon shipment of manufactured products to customers, when title has passed, all contractual obligations have been satisfied and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. We also provide engineering services separate from the manufacture of a product. Revenue for engineering services is recognized upon completion of the engineering process, providing standalone fair value to our customers. Our engineering services are short-term in nature. In addition, we have another separate source of revenue that comes from short-term repair services, which are recognized upon completion of the repairs, and the repaired products are shipped back to the customer. Shipping and handling costs charged to our customers are included in net sales, while the corresponding shipping expenses are included in cost of goods sold.

11


Table of Contents

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts:

        When evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we analyze accounts receivable, historical write-offs of bad debts, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness, current economic trends and changes in customer payment terms. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts at an amount estimated to be sufficient to provide adequate protection against losses resulting from collecting less than full payment on outstanding accounts receivable. A considerable amount of judgment is required when assessing the realizability of accounts receivable, including assessing the probability of collection and the current credit-worthiness of each customer. If the financial condition of our customers was to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, an additional provision for uncollectible accounts may be required. We have historically not experienced significant bad debts expense and believe the reserve is adequate for any exposure to loss in the December 31, 2010 accounts receivable.

Inventory Reserves:

        Inventory reserves are maintained for the estimated value of the inventory that may have a lower value than stated or quantities in excess of future production needs. We have an evaluation process that is used to assess the value of the inventory that is slow moving, excess or obsolete on a quarterly basis. We evaluate our inventory based on current usage and the latest forecasts of product demand and production requirements from our customers. We believe the total reserve at December 31, 2010 is adequate.

Long-Lived and Intangible Asset Impairment:

        We evaluate long-lived assets and intangible assets with finite lives for impairment, as well as the related amortization periods, to determine whether adjustments to these amounts or useful lives are required based on current events and circumstances. The evaluation is based on our projection of the undiscounted future operating cash flows of the underlying assets. To the extent such projections indicate that future undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient to recover the carrying amounts of related assets, a charge might be required to reduce the carrying amount to equal estimated fair value. In 2010, we recorded an impairment charge of $56,000 on a building held for sale. In connection with the closing of two facilities in 2009, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $502,000 on certain property and equipment that were no longer being used in operations.

Valuation Allowance:

        We record valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets when necessary. Realization of deferred tax assets (such as net operating loss carry forwards) is dependent on future taxable earnings and therefore uncertain. At least quarterly, we assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance against these assets, thereby increasing income tax expense or decreasing the income tax benefit in the period the determination is made. As of December 31, 2010 we expect to recover our deferred tax assets in their entirety, and thus no valuation allowance was deemed necessary.

        Based on a critical assessment of our accounting estimates and the underlying judgments and uncertainties of those estimates, we believe that our consolidated financial statements provide a meaningful and fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations. This is not to suggest that other general risk factors, such as changes in worldwide economic conditions, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, changes in materials costs, performance of acquired businesses and others, could not adversely impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows in future periods.

        No matters have come to our attention since December 31, 2010 that would cause the estimates included in the consolidated financial statements to change materially.

12


Table of Contents

OPERATING RESULTS

        The following table presents statement of operations data as percentages of net sales for the indicated year:

 
  2010   2009  

Net Sales

    100.00 %   100.00 %

Cost of Goods Sold

    88.50     92.80  
           

Gross Profit

    11.50     7.20  

Selling Expenses

   
3.10
   
5.60
 

General and Administrative Expenses

    7.00     7.30  

Restructuring Charges

    0.10     1.20  
           

Income (Loss) from Operations

   
1.30
   
(6.90

)

Other Expenses, Net

    0.40     0.90  

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

    0.40     (3.00 )
           

Net Income (Loss)

   
0.50

%
 
(4.80

)%
           

Net sales:

        For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had net sales of $99.8 million and $79.9 million, respectively, an increase of 25%. The Milaca medical device operation acquired in May 2010 accounted for $3.6 million of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010. Net sales by our major EMS industry markets for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31
   
 
(in thousands)
  2010
$
  2009
$
  %
Change
 

Aerospace and Defense

    16,152     26,515     (39 )

Medical

    29,329     17,493     68  

Industrial

    54,339     35,932     51  
               

Total Net Sales

    99,820     79,940     25  
               

        We saw sales to our Aerospace and Defense customers decline 39% due to the end of major contracts and the timing of new replacement business. Sales to our Medical and Industrial customers increased 68% and 51%, respectively as the overall economy stabilized and we began to see more new business opportunities and improved buying confidence from our existing customer base.

Backlog:

        Our 90 day backlog as of December 31, 2010 was approximately $18.5 million compared to approximately $17.7 million on December 31, 2009. Our backlog consists of firm purchase orders and we expect a major portion of the current 90 day backlog to be realized as revenue during the following quarter.

 
  Backlog as of the Year Ended    
 
(in thousands)
  December 31
2010
  December 31
2009
  %
Change
 

Aerospace and Defense

  $ 4,453   $ 4,494     (1 )

Medical

    4,216     3,638     16  

Industrial

    9,813     9,614     2  
               

Total Backlog

  $ 18,482   $ 17,746     4  
               

Gross Profit:

        For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had gross profit of $11.4 million and $5.8 million, respectively. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales was 11.5% and 7.2% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The year over year increase in gross profit as a percentage of net sales was a direct result of the increase in sales volume in 2010 and the restructuring which occurred in the third quarter of 2009 resulting in better utilization of our fixed cost structure.

Selling:

        Selling expenses were $3.1 million or 3.1% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $4.4 million or 5.6% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2009. The majority of the $1.3 million decrease was due to approximately $0.7 million less commissions and $0.6 million in cost reductions.

General and Administrative:

        General and administrative expenses were $7.0 million or 7.0% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $5.9 million or 7.3% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2009. The 2010 increase of $1.1 million is mainly attributed to the reversal of wage decreases and the re-instatement of merit increases, 401K matching and incentive programs on July 1, 2010.

Restructuring and Impairment Charges:

        We recognized $0.1 million and $1.0 million of restructuring and impairment charges in Income (Loss) from Operations during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The 2010 costs relate to the impairment of a Fairmont building that is held for

13


Table of Contents


sale. The 2009 restructuring and impairment costs included $0.5 million in non-cash impairment charges for property and equipment that are no longer being used in operations and $0.5 million related to employee benefits, contract termination costs, and other expenses incurred to relocate production. The 2009 restructuring and impairment charges were the result of the facility closings and consolidation efforts taken throughout the year to better align our capacity to current customer demand levels.

Other Income (Expense):

        Other expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Interest expense and foreign exchange transaction losses make up the majority of the other expense in 2010.

Income Taxes:

        Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $375,000. Due to the loss incurred in 2009, we recorded an income tax benefit of $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2010 was 42.5% compared to 38.4% in fiscal 2009. The increase in effective tax rate from 2009 to 2010 relates primarily to the true-up of our net operating loss (NOL) carryback which resulted in additional tax expense of approximately $103,000 partially offset by state and federal research credits.

Net Income (Loss):

        Our net income in 2010 was $506,766 or $0.18 per diluted common share compared to net loss of $3,835,041 or $1.40 per diluted common share in 2009. We returned to profitability in 2010 primarily due to increased sales and the cost reductions experienced from the prior year restructuring activities.

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY

        We believe that our existing financing arrangements and anticipated cash flows from operations will be sufficient to satisfy our working capital needs, capital expenditures, investments, and debt repayments for the foreseeable future.

Credit Facility:

        On May 27, 2010 we entered into a third amended and restated credit and security agreement with Wells Fargo Bank which provides a $12 million line of credit through May 31, 2013 and a real estate note maturing on May 31, 2012. On January 6, 2011, we entered into the first amendment to this agreement which provides a $13.5 million line of credit through May 31, 2013, a new $475,000 equipment term loan tied to equipment purchased in the recent acquisition announced January 3, 2011 and a new term loan of up to $1.0 million for capital expenditures to be made in 2011. Under the new agreement, both the line of credit and real estate term note are subject to variations in the LIBOR rate. Advances on our line of credit will bear interest at three-month LIBOR + 4.00% (4.30% at December 31, 2010). The weighted-average interest rate on our line of credit and other long-term debt was 4.63% and 5.04%, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2010.

        The line of credit and other installment debt with WFB contain certain covenants which, among other things, require us to adhere to regular reporting requirements, abide by annual shareholder dividend limitations, maintain certain financial performance, and limit the amount of annual capital expenditures. The availability under the line is subject to borrowing base requirements, and advances are at the discretion of the lender. The line is secured by substantially all of our assets. This commitment is summarized as described below:

Other Commercial Commitment
  Total
Amount
Committed
  Outstanding at
December 31, 2010
  Date of
Expiration
 

Line of credit

  $ 13,500,000   $ 5,615,121     May 31, 2013  

        As of December 31, 2010 we have net unused availability under our line of credit agreement of approximately $5.2 million as supported by our borrowing base. Under the terms of our new agreement, our unused availability increased to $6.5 million on January 6, 2011.

14


Table of Contents

Cash Flow:

 
  December 31  
 
  2010   2009  

Cash flows provided by (used in):

             

Operating activities

  $ 2,890,254   $ (853,495 )

Investing activities

    (1,029,599 )   (76,609 )

Financing activities

    (1,876,092 )   371,860  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    638     584  
           

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (14,799 ) $ (557,660 )
           

        On December 31, 2010, we had working capital of approximately $13.1 million as compared to $13.2 million at the end of 2009. During 2010, we generated approximately $2.9 million of cash flow from operating activities. The cash flow from operations is primarily due to net income of $0.5 million plus $2.1 million of noncash charges, including depreciation, amortization, property and equipment impairment charges, restructuring charges, the change in deferred taxes and other miscellaneous noncash expenses. The cash flow from operating assets and liabilities was $0.3 million. This was driven by a decrease in income taxes receivable of $2.1 million and an increase in accounts payable and accruals of $1.8 million offset in part by a $3.5 million increase in accounts receivable.

        Our net cash used in investing activities of $1.0 million is due to $0.6 million of capital equipment purchases and $0.4 million for the acquisition in May 2010. Net cash used in financing activities of $1.9 million consisted of $2.0 million reduction of long-term debt offset by $0.1 million line of credit increase.

15


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

ITEM 8.        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

        (The remainder of this page was intentionally left blank.)

16


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Nortech Systems Incorporated and Subsidiary

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nortech Systems Incorporated and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Nortech Systems Incorporated and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 11, 2011

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

17


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

ASSETS
  2010   2009  

CURRENT ASSETS

             
 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

  $ 230,582   $ 245,381  
 

Accounts Receivable, Less Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

    15,562,277     12,021,378  
 

Inventories

    16,108,773     15,806,669  
 

Prepaid Expenses

    596,363     542,643  
 

Income Taxes Receivable

    376,001     2,515,906  
 

Deferred Income Taxes

    594,000     753,000  
           
   

Total Current Assets

    33,467,996     31,884,977  
           

Property and Equipment, Net

   
7,157,543
   
8,239,161
 

Finite Life Intangible Assets, Net of Accumulated Amortization

    202,150     343,549  

Deferred Income Taxes

    219,000     348,000  

Other Assets

    514,235     313,518  
           
   

Total Assets

  $ 41,560,924   $ 41,129,205  
           

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

18


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHNOLDERS' EQUITY
  2010   2009  

CURRENT LIABILITIES

             
 

Line of Credit

  $ 5,615,121   $ 5,490,607  
 

Current Maturities of Long-Term Debt

    841,760     1,013,920  
 

Accounts Payable

    10,727,907     9,050,684  
 

Accrued Payroll and Commissions

    2,584,108     1,449,528  
 

Accrued Health and Dental Claims

    35,000     310,000  
 

Other Accrued Liabilities

    599,655     1,354,438  
           
   

Total Current Liabilities

    20,403,551     18,669,177  
           

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

             
 

Long-Term Debt (Net of Current Maturities)

    1,731,318     3,572,264  
 

Other Long-Term Liabilities

    137,236     160,912  
           
   

Total Long-Term Liabilities

    1,868,554     3,733,176  
           
     

Total Liabilities

    22,272,105     22,402,353  
           

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

             
 

Preferred Stock, $1 par value; 1,000,000 Shares Authorized; 250,000 Shares Issued and Outstanding

    250,000     250,000  
 

Common Stock—$0.01 par value; 9,000,000 Shares Authorized; 2,742,992 and 2,738,992 Shares Issued and Outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively

    27,430     27,390  
 

Additional Paid-In Capital

    15,698,348     15,654,160  
 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

    (62,936 )   (73,909 )
 

Retained Earnings

    3,375,977     2,869,211  
           
   

Total Shareholders' Equity

    19,288,819     18,726,852  
           
     

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

  $ 41,560,924   $ 41,129,205  
           

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

19


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 
  2010   2009  

Net Sales

  $ 99,820,069   $ 79,939,839  

Cost of Goods Sold

    88,389,803     74,141,269  
           

Gross Profit

    11,430,266     5,798,570  
           

Operating Expenses:

             
 

Selling Expenses

    3,120,202     4,449,184  
 

General and Administrative Expenses

    7,024,087     5,865,380  
 

Restructuring Charges

    55,786     967,991  
           
   

Total Operating Expenses

    10,200,075     11,282,555  
           

Income (Loss) From Operations

    1,230,191     (5,483,985 )
           

Other Income (Expense)

             
 

Miscellaneous Income (Expense)

    80,698     (225,784 )
 

Interest Expense

    (429,123 )   (512,272 )
           
   

Total Other Expense

    (348,425 )   (738,056 )
           

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes

    881,766     (6,222,041 )

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

    375,000     (2,387,000 )
           

Net Income (Loss)

  $ 506,766   $ (3,835,041 )
           

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share:

             

Basic and Diluted

 
$

0.18
 
$

(1.40

)
           

Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding

    2,742,389     2,738,982  
           

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

20


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 
  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Retained Earnings   Total
Shareholders'
Equity
 

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2008

  $ 250,000   $ 27,390   $ 15,525,981   $ (89,598 ) $ 6,704,252   $ 22,418,025  
 

Net loss

                    (3,835,041 )   (3,835,041 )
 

Issuance of stock upon exercise of stock options

            132             132  
 

Compensation on stock-based awards

            128,047             128,047  
 

Translation gain, net of tax

                15,689         15,689  
                           

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2009

    250,000     27,390     15,654,160     (73,909 )   2,869,211     18,726,852  
 

Net income

                    506,766     506,766  
 

Issuance of stock upon exercise of stock options

        40     12,460             12,500  
 

Compensation on stock-based awards

            31,728             31,728  
 

Translation gain, net of tax

                10,973         10,973  
                           

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2010

  $ 250,000   $ 27,430   $ 15,698,348   $ (62,936 ) $ 3,375,977   $ 19,288,819  
                           

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

21


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 
  2010   2009  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

             
 

Net income (Loss)

  $ 506,766   $ (3,835,041 )
 

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities:

             
   

Depreciation

    1,554,577     1,773,917  
   

Amortization

    141,399     150,121  
   

Compensation on Stock-Based Awards

    31,728     128,047  
   

Interest on Swap Valuation

    (27,772 )   (18,893 )
   

Restructuring Charges

        466,455  
   

Fixed Asset Impairment

    55,786     501,536  
   

Deferred Income Taxes

    288,000     188,000  
   

Loss on Disposal of Property and Equipment

    901     4,955  
   

Foreign Currency Transaction Loss

    8,333     10,131  
 

Changes in Current Operating Items, Net of Effects of Business Acquisition

             
   

Accounts Receivable

    (3,532,471 )   1,146,371  
   

Inventories

    865     4,896,475  
   

Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets

    (53,207 )   203,114  
   

Income Taxes Receivable

    2,139,543     (2,095,733 )
   

Accounts Payable

    1,674,954     (1,696,872 )
   

Accrued Payroll and Commissions

    1,127,119     (1,973,657 )
   

Accrued Health and Dental Claims

    (275,000 )   (136,102 )
   

Other Accrued Liabilities

    (751,267 )   (566,319 )
           
     

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

    2,890,254     (853,495 )
           

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

             
 

Proceeds from Sale of Property and Equipment

        176,350  
 

Restricted Cash

        427,500  
 

Business Acquisition

    (402,969 )    
 

Purchases of Property and Equipment

    (626,630 )   (680,459 )
           
     

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

    (1,029,599 )   (76,609 )
           

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

             
 

Net Borrowings on Line of Credit

    124,514     1,123,045  
 

Proceeds from Long-Term Debt

        616,397  
 

Principal Payments on Long-Term Debt

    (2,013,106 )   (1,367,714 )
 

Proceeds from Issuance of Common Stock

    12,500     132  
           
     

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

    (1,876,092 )   371,860  
           

Effect of Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

    638     584  
           

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

   
(14,799

)
 
(557,660

)

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Beginning of Year

    245,381     803,041  
           

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—END OF YEAR

 
$

230,582
 
$

245,381
 
           

22


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 1 NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business

        We manufacture wire harnesses, cables and electromechanical assemblies, printed circuit boards and higher-level assemblies for a wide range of commercial and defense industries. We provide a full "turn-key" contract manufacturing service to our customers. All products are built to the customer's design specifications. Products are sold to customers both domestically and internationally. We also provide engineering services separate from the manufacture of a product and repair service on circuit boards used in machines in the medical industry.

        Our manufacturing facilities are located in Bemidji, Blue Earth, Merrifield, Milaca and Baxter, Minnesota as well as Augusta, Wisconsin; Monterrey, Mexico; and as of January 1, 2011, Mankato, Minnesota.

        A summary of our significant accounting policies follows:

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiary, Manufacturing Assembly Solutions of Monterrey, Inc. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our consolidated financial statements. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Significant items subject to estimates and assumptions include the valuation allowance for inventories, allowance for doubtful accounts and realizability of deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        For purposes of reporting cash flows, we consider cash equivalents to be short-term, highly liquid interest-bearing accounts readily convertible to cash and whose original maturity is three months or less.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        We grant credit to customers in the normal course of business. Accounts receivable are unsecured and are presented net of an allowance for uncollectible accounts. The allowance for uncollectible accounts was $86,000 and $138,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We determine our allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time accounts receivable are past due, our previous loss history, the customers' current ability to pay their obligations to us, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. We write-off accounts receivable when they become uncollectible, and payments subsequently received on such receivables are credited to the allowance for uncollectible accounts.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market (based on the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value). Costs include material, labor, and overhead required in the warehousing and production of our products. Inventory reserves are maintained for the estimated value of the inventory that may have a lower value than stated or quantities in excess of future production needs.

        Inventories are as follows:

 
  2010   2009  

Raw materials

  $ 11,277,741   $ 11,137,853  

Work in process

    3,477,236     3,304,725  

Finished goods

    2,395,843     2,459,521  

Reserves

    (1,042,047 )   (1,095,430 )
           

Total

  $ 16,108,773   $ 15,806,669  
           

23


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 1  NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Property, Equipment and Depreciation

        Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Additions, improvements and major renewals are capitalized, while maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. When assets are retired or disposed of, the assets and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated use lives or their remaining lease terms. All other property and equipment are depreciated by the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

Buildings

  39 Years

Leasehold improvements

  3-7 Years

Manufacturing equipment

  5-7 Years

Office and other equipment

  3-7 Years

        Property and equipment at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 
  2010   2009  

Land

  $ 260,000   $ 272,500  

Building and Leasehold Improvements

    6,316,133     6,543,066  

Manufacturing Equipment

    11,816,653     11,751,996  

Office and Other Equipment

    3,523,526     3,827,542  

Accumulated Depreciation

    (14,758,769 )   (14,155,943 )
           
 

Net Property and Equipment

  $ 7,157,543   $ 8,239,161  
           

Assets Held for Sale

        Assets held for sale consists of property related to closed facilities that are currently being marketed for disposal. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of their carrying value or estimated fair value less costs to sell. At December 31, 2010, land of $27,000 and two buildings, net of accumulated depreciation, of $405,000 are classified as held for sale and shown in Other Assets on the balance sheet.

Finite Life Intangible Assets

        Finite life intangible assets are primarily related to acquired customer base and bond issuance costs and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Finite life intangible assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 
  December 31, 2010  
 
  Remaining
Lives
(Years)
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
Amount
  Net Book
Value
Amount
 

Bond Issue Costs

    11   $ 79,373   $ 23,814   $ 55,559  

Customer Base

    2     676,557     529,966     146,591  

Other intangibles

    0     28,560     28,560      
                     

Totals

        $ 784,490   $ 582,340   $ 202,150  
                     

 

 
  December 31, 2009  
 
  Remaining
Lives
(Years)
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
Amount
  Net Book
Value
Amount
 

Bond Issue Costs

    12   $ 79,373   $ 18,522   $ 60,851  

Customer Base

    3     676,557     394,655     281,902  

Other intangibles

    1     28,560     27,764     796  
                     

Totals

        $ 784,490   $ 440,941   $ 343,549  
                     

24


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 1  NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Amortization expense related to these assets was as follows:

Year ended December 31, 2010

  $ 141,399  

Year ended December 31, 2009

    150,121  

        Estimated future annual amortization expense related to these assets for the years ending December 31, is as follows:

2011

  $ 141,000  

2012

    17,000  

2013

    5,000  

2014

    5,000  

2015

    5,000  

Thereafter

    29,000  
       

  $ 202,000  
       

Impairment Analysis

        We evaluate property and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives for impairment and for propriety of the related amortization periods, to determine whether adjustments to these amounts or useful lives are required based on current events and circumstances. The evaluation is based on our projection of the undiscounted future operating cash flows of the underlying assets. To the extent such projections indicate that future undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient to recover the carrying amounts of related assets, a charge might be required to reduce the carrying amount to the asset's estimated fair value. In 2010, we recorded an impairment charge of $56,000 on a building held for sale. In connection with the 2009 restructuring plan, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $502,000 on certain property and equipment that will no longer be used in operations (see Note 11).

Preferred Stock

        Preferred stock issued is non-cumulative and nonconvertible. The holders of the preferred stock are entitled to a non-cumulative dividend of 12% when and as declared. In liquidation, holders of preferred stock have preference to the extent of $1.00 per share plus dividends accrued but unpaid. No preferred stock dividends were declared or paid during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Revenue Recognition

        We recognize revenue upon shipment of manufactured products to customers, when title has passed, all contractual obligations have been satisfied and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. We also provide engineering services separate from the manufacture of a product. Revenue for engineering services, which are short term in nature, is recognized upon completion of the engineering process, providing standalone fair value to our customers. In addition, we have another separate source of revenue that comes from short-term repair services, which are recognized upon completion of the repairs, and the repaired products are shipped back to the customer. Shipping and handling costs charged to our customers are included in net sales, while the corresponding shipping expenses are included in cost of goods sold.

Product Warranties

        We provide limited warranty for the replacement or repair of defective product at no cost to our customers within a specified time period after the sale. We make no other guarantees or warranties, expressed or implied, of any nature whatsoever as to the goods including, without limitation, warranties to merchantability, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringement of patent or the like unless agreed upon in writing. We estimate the costs that may be incurred under our limited warranty and reserve based on actual historical warranty claims coupled with an analysis of unfulfilled claims at the balance sheet date. Our warranty claims costs are not material given the nature of our products and services which normally result in repair and return in the same accounting period.

Advertising

        Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred. The total amount charged to expense was $167,000 and $136,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

25


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 1  NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Income Taxes

        We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized annually for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts of all financial instruments approximate their fair values. The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and the line of credit approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to us for bank loans with similar terms and average maturities, the carrying value of our long-term debt approximates its fair value.

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

        The fair value framework requires the categorization of assets and liabilities into one of three levels based on the assumptions (inputs) used in valuing the asset or liability.

        Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, while Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. The three levels are defined as follows:

        Level 1:    Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

        Level 2:    Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in inactive markets.

        Level 3:    Unobservable inputs reflecting management's own assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.

        Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurements requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities being measured and their placement within the fair value hierarchy. We endeavor to use the best available information in measuring fair value. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As of December 31, 2010, our only asset or liability accounted for at fair value is our interest rate swap which is included in Other Long-Term Liabilities. We have determined that the fair value of the swap, based on LIBOR and swap rates, falls within Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Stock-Based Compensation

        We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Stock-based compensation expense was $32,000 ($.01 per diluted common share) for 2010 and $128,000 ($.05 per diluted common share) for 2009. See Note 8 for additional information.

Derivative Financial Instruments

        On June 28, 2006, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement to effectively convert our industrial revenue bond debt from a variable rate to a fixed rate. The change in market value of an interest rate swap is recognized in the statements of operations by a charge or credit to interest expense. Further information related to our interest rate swap is disclosed in Note 4.

26


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 1 NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

        Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, no outstanding options were included in the computation of per-share amounts as the effect of all stock-based awards were antidilutive.

Supplemental Cash Flow and Noncash Investing Information

        We received income tax refunds, net of $2,027,951 and $519,397 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We paid interest expense of $450,180 and $548,733 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        We had noncash transfers of certain property and equipment with a value of $201,000 and $231,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively from Property and Equipment to Other Assets due to their classification as held for sale.

Enterprise-Wide Disclosures

        Our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 represent a single reportable segment referred to as Contract Manufacturing within the Electronic Manufacturing Services industry. We strategically direct production between our various manufacturing facilities based on a number of considerations to best meet our customers' requirements. We share resources for sales, marketing, information services, cash and risk management, banking, credit and collections, human resources, payroll, internal control, audit, taxes, SEC reporting and corporate accounting. Consolidated financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in assessing performance and allocating resources. Export sales represent approximately 6% and 4% of consolidated sales for each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        Net sales by our major EMS industry markets for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31
 
(in thousands)
  2010   2009  

Aerospace and Defense

  $ 16,152   $ 26,515  

Medical

    29,329     17,493  

Industrial

    54,339     35,932  
           

Total Net Sales

  $ 99,820   $ 79,940  
           

        Noncurrent assets, excluding deferred tax assets, by country are as follows:

 
  United States   Mexico   Total  

2010

                   
 

Net property and equipment

  $ 6,965,816   $ 191,727   $ 7,157,543  
 

Other assets

    708,659     7,726     716,385  

2009

                   
 

Net property and equipment

  $ 8,038,406   $ 200,755   $ 8,239,161  
 

Other assets

    649,341     7,726     657,067  

Foreign Currency Translation

        During the fourth quarter of 2010, we reevaluated the reporting currency and determined that the functional currency for our operations in Mexico is the U.S. Dollar. As a result, the Company is no longer recording translation adjustments related to assets and liabilities or income and expense items that are transacted in the local currency as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in shareholders' equity. Foreign exchange transaction gains and losses attributable to exchange rate movements related to transactions made in the local currency and on intercompany receivables and payables not deemed to be of a long-term investment nature are recorded in other income (expense).

27


NOTE 2 MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

        Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. With regard to cash, we maintain our excess cash balances in checking accounts at one high-credit quality financial institution. These accounts may at times exceed federally insured limits. We have not experienced any losses in any of the short-term investment instruments we have used for excess cash balances. We do not require collateral on our receivables.

        Two divisions of General Electric, Co. (G.E.) accounted for 10% or more of our net sales during the past two years. G.E.'s Medical Division accounted for 19% and 13% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. G.E.'s Transportation Division accounted for 8% and 12% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Together, G.E.'s Medical and Transportation Divisions accounted for 27% and 25% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Accounts receivable from G.E.'s Medical and Transportation Divisions at December 31, 2010 and 2009 represented 14% and 16% of total accounts receivable, respectively.

NOTE 3 ACCRUED HEALTH AND DENTAL CLAIMS

        In 2009 and through September 2010, we were self-insured for our employee health and dental plans. In September 2010, we entered into a co-employment agreement with Administaff Services, who now provides premium based health and dental plans to our employees. At December 31, 2010 we have an accrual of $35,000 for estimated unpaid health and dental claims related to the run-out of our self-insured plans. Estimated unpaid claims for incurred health and dental services at December 31, 2009 were $310,000.

NOTE 4 FINANCING AGREEMENTS

        On May 27, 2010 we entered into a third amended and restated credit and security agreement with Wells Fargo Bank which provides a $12 million line of credit through May 31, 2013 and a real estate note maturing on May 31, 2012. On January 6, 2011, we entered into the first amendment to this agreement which provides a $13.5 million line of credit through May 31, 2013, a new $475,000 equipment term loan tied to equipment purchased in the recent acquisition announced January 3, 2011 and a new term loan of up to $1.0 million for capital expenditures to be made in 2011. Under the new agreement, both the line of credit and real estate term note are subject to variations in the LIBOR rate. Our line of credit bears interest at three-month LIBOR + 4.00% (4.30% at December 31, 2010). The weighted-average interest rate on our line of credit was 4.63% for the year ended December 31, 2010. We had borrowings of $5,615,121 and $5,490,607 outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        The line of credit and other installment debt with WFB contain certain covenants which, among other things, require us to adhere to regular reporting requirements, abide by annual shareholder dividend limitations, maintain certain financial performance, and limit the amount of annual capital expenditures.

        The availability under the line is subject to borrowing base requirements, and advances are at the discretion of the lender. At December 31, 2010, we have net unused availability under our line of credit of approximately $5.2 million. Under the terms of our new agreement, our unused availability increased to $6.5 million on January 6, 2011. The line is secured by substantially all of our assets.

28


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 4 FINANCING AGREEMENTS (Continued)

        A summary of long-term debt balances at December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Description
  2010   2009  

Term notes payable—Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., one note bears interest at three month LIBOR + 4.50% (approx. 4.8%) and three month LIBOR + 5.00% (approx 5.375%) at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Two notes bear interest at 4.95%, combined monthly principal payments of approximately $31,000 plus interest, maturities range from June 2011 to May 2012; secured by substantially all assets

  $ 1,848,078   $ 3,736,184  

Industrial revenue bond payable to the City of Blue Earth, Minnesota which bears interest at 4.07% and has a maturity date of June 1, 2021, with principal of $125,000 payable on June 1, 2011 and $80,000 payable annually on June 1 thereafter

   
725,000
   
850,000
 
           
 

Total long-term debt

   
2,573,078
   
4,586,184
 
   

Current maturities of long-term debt

    (841,760 )   (1,013,920 )
           
 

Long-term debt—net of current maturities

  $ 1,731,318   $ 3,572,264  
           

        Future maturity requirements for long-term debt are as follows:

Years Ending December 31,
  Amount  

2011

  $ 841,760  

2012

    1,211,318  

2013

    80,000  

2014

    80,000  

2015

    80,000  

Future

    280,000  
       

  $ 2,573,078  
       

        On June 28, 2006, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $1,440,000 to effectively convert our industrial revenue bond debt from a variable rate to a fixed rate of 4.07% for five years, maturing on June 28, 2011. The amortized notional amount outstanding at December 31, 2010 was approximately $873,000. We do not use this interest rate swap for speculative purposes. The fair value of the swap of $18,140 and $45,912 was recorded in Other Long-Term Liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The change in the fair value of ($27,772) and ($18,893) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively have been recorded as a component of interest expense.

NOTE 5 INCOME TAXES

        The income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 consists of the following:

 
  2010   2009  

Current taxes—Federal

  $ 128,000   $ (2,500,000 )

Current taxes—State

    (41,000 )   (73,000 )

Current taxes—Foreign

    19,000     10,000  

Deferred taxes—Federal

    253,000     324,000  

Deferred taxes—State

    16,000     (148,000 )
           
 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 375,000   $ (2,387,000 )
           

29


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 5 INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The statutory rate reconciliation for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 
  2010   2009  

Statutory federal tax provision (benefit)

  $ 298,000   $ (2,115,000 )

State income taxes (benefit)

    34,000     (147,000 )

Effect of foreign operations

    (5,000 )    

Income tax credits

    (95,000 )   (109,000 )

NOL carryback true up

    106,000      

Other, including benefit of income taxed at lower rates

    37,000     (16,000 )
           
 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 375,000   $ (2,387,000 )
           

        Income (loss) from operations before income taxes was derived from the following sources:

 
  2010   2009  

Domestic

  $ 820,000   $ (6,251,000 )

Foreign

    62,000     29,000  
           
 

Total

  $ 882,000   $ (6,222,000 )
           

        Deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2010 and 2009, consist of the following:

 
  2010   2009  

Allowance for uncollectable accounts

  $ 31,000   $ 50,000  

Inventories reserve

    383,000     400,000  

Accrued vacation

    308,000     262,000  

Health insurance reserve

    13,000     113,000  

Non-compete amortization

    397,000     400,000  

Stock-based compensation

    59,000     47,000  

Other

    425,000     607,000  
           
 

Deferred tax assets

    1,616,000     1,879,000  
           

Prepaid expenses

    (211,000 )   (188,000 )

Property and equipment

    (592,000 )   (590,000 )
           
 

Deferred tax liabilities

    (803,000 )   (778,000 )
           
 

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 813,000   $ 1,101,000  
           

Net current deferred tax assets

  $ 594,000   $ 753,000  

Net non-current deferred tax assets

    219,000     348,000  
           
 

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 813,000   $ 1,101,000  
           

        We have determined that it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will be realized, principally through anticipated taxable income in future tax years. As a result, we have determined that establishing a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets is not necessary.

30


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 5  INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in our consolidated financial statements, only if the position is more likely than not to be sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. We recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. The following table sets forth changes in our total gross unrecognized tax benefit liabilities, excluding accrued interest, for the year ended December 31, 2010:

Balance as of December 31, 2009

  $ 115,000  

Tax positions related to current year:

       
 

Additions

    27,000  
 

Reductions

    (28,000 )
       

Balance as of December 31, 2010

  $ 114,000  
       

        The $114,000 of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2010 includes amounts which, if ultimately recognized, will reduce our annual effective tax rate.

        Our policy is to accrue interest related to potential underpayment of income taxes within the provision for income taxes. The liability for accrued interest as of December 31, 2010 was not significant. Interest is computed on the difference between our uncertain tax benefit positions and the amount deducted or expected to be deducted in our tax returns.

        Due to statute expiration, an approximate $35,000 decrease could occur with respect to our reserve in the next twelve months. This reserve, including associated interest, relates to federal research tax credits and section 199 deductions.

        We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require significant judgment to apply.

        With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state or local income tax examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2007. We are currently under audit by the IRS related primarily to the 2009 NOL carry back claim. We are not aware of any significant items as a result of the IRS audit that should either be incorporated into the FIN 48 analysis or tax projections for the year ended December 31, 2010.

NOTE 6 COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

        Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes income or losses resulting from foreign currency translations. The details of comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31
2010
  Year Ended
December 31
2009
 

Net income (loss), as reported

  $ 506,766   $ (3,835,041 )

Other comprehensive income

    10,973     15,689  
           

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 517,739   $ (3,819,352 )
           

NOTE 7 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN

        We have a 401(k) profit sharing plan (the "Plan") for our employees. The Plan is a defined contribution plan covering all of our employees except for employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement and non-resident aliens earning non-U.S. source income. Employees are eligible to participate in the Plan after completing three months of service and attaining the age of 18. Employees are allowed to contribute up to 60% of

31


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 7  401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN (Continued)


their wages to the Plan. Historically we have matched 25% of the employees' contribution up to 6% of covered compensation. We suspended this benefit from the second quarter of 2009 thru June 2010. We made contributions of approximately $79,000 and $84,000 during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

NOTE 8 INCENTIVE PLANS

Employee Profit Sharing

        During 1993, we adopted an employee profit sharing plan (the "Plan"). The purpose of the Plan is to provide a bonus for increased output, improved quality and productivity and reduced costs. We have authorized 50,000 common shares to be available under this Plan. In accordance with the terms of the Plan, employees could acquire newly issued shares of common stock for 90% of the current market value. During 2009, 37 common shares were issued in connection with this plan and zero were issued in 2010. Through December 31, 2010, 22,118 common shares had been issued under this Plan.

Stock Options

        In 1992, we approved the adoption of a fixed stock based compensation plan. In February 2003, we reached the maximum options allowed to be granted under that plan.

        During 2003, our shareholders approved the adoption of the Nortech Systems Incorporated 2003 Stock Option Plan (the "2003 Plan"). On May 3, 2005, the shareholders approved the 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan (the "2005 Plan") and eliminated the remaining 172,500 option shares available for grant under the 2003 Plan effective February 23, 2005. The total number of shares of common stock that may be granted under the 2005 Plan is 200,000, of which 23,750 remain available for grant at December 31, 2010. The 2005 Plan provides that option shares granted come from our authorized but unissued common stock. The price of the option shares granted under the plan will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common shares on the date of grant. Options are generally exercisable after one or more years and expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant.

        During 2007, the Board of Directors approved the adoption of the FOCUS Incentive Plan (the "2007 Plan"). The purpose of the 2007 Plan was to provide incentives to our employees to increase our return on sales "ROS" performance measurement. The FOCUS plan is unique from the preceding Plans in that vesting of options is conditional upon our achievement of established performance measurements as follows:

    If we achieve 1.95% ROS for any of the three years ending 2007, 2008, or 2009, one-third of the options will vest.

    If we achieve 3% ROS for either of the two calendar years 2008 or 2009, an additional one-third of the options will vest.

    If we achieve 4% ROS for the calendar year 2009, the remaining one-third of the options will vest.

        As these performance measures were not met, no options granted through December 31, 2010 from the 2007 Plan will ever vest.

        We estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense in the consolidated statement of operations over the requisite service periods. Because share-based compensation expense is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest, share-based compensation expense will be reduced to account for estimated forfeitures. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise the estimate, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

        We used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the fair value of option-based awards. Our determination of fair value of option-based awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of subjective variables as noted in the following table. These variables include, but are not limited to, our expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, risk-free interest rate, and the expected life of the options. The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury

32


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 8  INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)


instrument whose term is consistent with the expected life of our stock options. The expected volatility and holding period are based on our historical experience. For all grants, the amount of compensation expense recognized has been adjusted for an estimated forfeiture rate, which is based on historical data. The variables used for the grants for the year ended December 31, 2009 are below. There were no grants during the year ended December 31, 2010.

 
  2009

Expected volatility

  49.0%

Expected dividends

  None

Expected term (in years)

  7

Risk-free rate

  2.6 - 2.7%

Stock Options with Time-Based Vesting

        Total compensation expense related to stock options with time-based vesting for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $31,728 and $128,047, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 there was approximately $27,000 of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested option awards that we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 0.85 years.

Stock Options with Performance-Based Vesting

        As mentioned previously, the vesting of options granted under the 2007 Plan was conditional upon the Company meeting established performance measurements. At December 31, 2009, the performance measures were not met and the measurement period expired. Therefore, no options granted to date from the 2007 Plan will ever vest, although the options will remain outstanding until the earlier of the option expiration date or the termination of the employee. No compensation expense has been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and no expense is expected to be recorded in the future related to these option grants.

        A summary of option activity under all plans as of December 31, 2010, and changes during the year then ended is presented below.

 
  Options   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2010

    736,750   $ 7.20              

Granted

                     

Exercised

    (4,000 )   3.13              

Forfeited

    (69,600 )   6.21              
                         

Outstanding—December 31, 2010

    663,150   $ 7.32     5.54   $ 4,627  
                       

Exercisable on December 31, 2010

    303,250   $ 7.30     4.31   $  
                       

        The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2009 was $1.92. There were no grants during the year ended December 31, 2010. The weighted-average fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $3.69 and $3.70, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2010 was $20. There were no options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2009. Cash received from option exercise under all share-based payment arrangements for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $12,500. We recognize the tax benefit from the exercise of options in the statement of cash flows as a cash inflow from financing activities.

33


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 8 INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

Equity Appreciation Rights Plan

        In November 2010, the Board of Directors approved the adoption of the Nortech Systems Incorporated Equity Appreciation Rights Plan (the "2010 Plan"). The total number of Equity Appreciation Right Units (Units) the Plan can issue shall not exceed an aggregate of 750,000 Units, of which 100,000 Units were issued during the year. The 2010 Plan provides that Units issued shall fully vest three years from the grant date unless terminated earlier. Units give the holder a right to receive a cash payment equal to the appreciation in book value per share of common stock from the base date, as defined, to the redemption date. Unit redemption payments under this plan shall be paid in cash within 90 days after we determine the book value of the Units as of the calendar year immediately preceding the redemption date. The Units issued during the year ended December 31, 2010 have a book value per Unit of $6.84 and have a weighted average life remaining of two years at December 31, 2010. Total compensation expense related to these Units based on the estimated appreciation over their remaining term for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $5,096.

NOTE 9 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

        We have various operating leases for production and office equipment, office space, and buildings under non-cancelable lease agreements expiring on various dates through 2017.

        In connection with the restructuring activities during 2009, the Garner, Iowa facility was sub-leased through the remaining term of the lease which expires on June 30, 2011. At December 31, 2010 future minimum lease payments, net of sublease income, was $0.

        Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 amounted to approximately $914,000 and $875,000 respectively.

        Approximate future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable leases are as follows:

Years Ending December 31,
  Amount  

2011

  $ 303,000  

2012

    461,000  

2013

    461,000  

2014

    458,000  

2015

    398,000  

Thereafter

    328,000  
       

Total

  $ 2,409,000  
       

Litigation

        We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. In our opinion, the amount of any ultimate liability with respect to these actions will not materially affect our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.

Executive Life Insurance Plan

        During 2002, we set up an Executive Bonus Life Insurance Plan (the "Plan") for our key employees ("participants"). Pursuant to the Plan, we will pay a bonus to officer participants of 15% and a bonus to all other participants of 10% of the participants' base annual salary, as well as an additional bonus to cover federal and state taxes incurred by the participants. The participants are required to purchase life insurance and retain ownership of the life insurance policy once it is purchased. The Plan provides a five-year graded vesting schedule in which the participants vest at a rate of 20% each year. Should a participant terminate employment prior to the fifth year of vesting, that participant may be required to reimburse us for any unvested amounts, under certain circumstances. Expenses under the Plan were $338,000 and $44,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Due to the economic downturn and cost reduction efforts this benefit was reduced in 2009 and reinstated in its entirety in 2010.

34


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 9  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

Change of Control Agreements

        During 2002, we entered into Change of Control Agreements (the "Agreement(s)") with certain key executives ("the Executive(s)"). The Agreements provide an inducement for each Executive to remain as an employee in the event of any proposed or anticipated change of control in the organization, including facilitating an orderly transition, and to provide economic security for the Executive after a change in control has occurred.

        In the event of an involuntarily termination, each Executive would receive their base salary, annual bonus at time of termination, and continued participation in health, disability and life insurance plans for a period of three years for officers and two years for all other participants. Participants would also receive professional outplacement services up to $10,000, if applicable. Each Agreement remains in full force until the Executive terminates employment or we terminate the employment of the Executive.

NOTE 10 NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

        The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and the denominators of the diluted net income per common share computations.

 
  2010   2009  

Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

             

Net Income (Loss)

  $ 506,766   $ (3,835,041 )
           

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    2,742,389     2,738,982  

Stock options

         
           

Weighted average common shares for diluted net income (loss) per common share

    2,742,389     2,738,982  
           

Diluted net income (loss) per common share*

  $ 0.18   $ (1.40 )
           

        For the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the effect of all stock options is antidilutive either due to net loss incurred in 2009 or because to include them would be antidilutive in 2010. Therefore, no outstanding options were included in the computation of per-share amounts.

NOTE 11 RESTRUCTURING AND IMPAIRMENT CHARGES

        To better align our cost structure with changes in customer demand, our Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan in the second quarter of fiscal year 2009. This restructuring resulted in the closing of our Garner, Iowa facility at the end of August 2009 with production moving to Merrifield, Minnesota and closing our Fairmont Aerospace assembly production facilities and moving these activities to Blue Earth, Minnesota. One building in Fairmont was sold and another was held for sale at December 31, 2009 and was reclassified to Other Assets on the balance sheet. As a result of these moves, we recognized approximately $968,000 of restructuring and impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2009, in Income (Loss) from Operations.

        The restructuring and impairment costs included $502,000 of non-cash property and equipment charges and $466,000 in cash charges related to employee benefits, contract termination costs, and other expenses incurred to relocate production. The property and equipment impairment charges were for certain assets identified that are no longer being used in our operations as a result of the restructuring.

        In 2010, we abandoned a second building in Fairmont and recognized an impairment charge of $56,000 based on a real estate appraisal completed. At December 31, 2010 the two remaining buildings are classified as held for sale and included in Other Assets on the balance sheet.

NOTE 12 BUSINESS ACQUISITION

        On May 4, 2010, we acquired all of the intellectual property and assets, excluding cash and receivables, of Trivirix Corporation, Milaca, MN for cash of $403,000. The fair value of assets acquired included $303,000 in inventory and $100,000 in property and equipment. This operation specializes in design, manufacturing and post-production services of complex electronic and electromechanical medical devices for diagnostic,

35


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 12  BUSINESS ACQUISITION (Continued)


analytical and other life-science applications. This acquisition expands our capabilities and expertise serving medical electronics manufacturers. The acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination and results of operations for Milaca since the date of acquisition are included in the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 13 SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)

        On November 15, 2010, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Winland Electronics, Inc. (Winland) to acquire substantially all of Winland's EMS assets and assume certain liabilities relating to their EMS operations located in Mankato, MN. The purchase was completed on January 1, 2011. Winland is a designer and manufacturer of custom electronic control products and systems. This purchase will provide needed manufacturing capacity, particularly for supporting medical and industrial customers with printed circuit board assemblies and higher-level builds.

        We paid $1,042,389 in cash at closing and will make deferred payments of $250,000 on each July 1, 2011 and October 1, 2011. We also agreed to purchase a minimum of $2,200,000 of inventory as consumed over the next 24 months.

        In connection with the acquisition, Nortech also entered into an agreement to manufacture certain products related to the production of Winland's remaining proprietary monitoring devices business unit and Nortech also agreed to a six year agreement to lease office and manufacturing space at 1950 Excel Drive, Mankato, Minnesota, 56001, and sublease 1,000 square feet back to Winland for one year.

        The following table presents the allocation of the acquisition cost to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their estimated fair values at the time of the acquisition:

Accounts receivable

  $ 1,914,723  

Property, plant and equipment

    2,451,000  

Accounts payable assumed

    (1,772,334 )

Lease payoff

    (259,385 )
       
 

Net assets acquired

  $ 2,334,004  
       

Cash Paid at Closing

   
1,042,389
 

Due to Winland

    500,000  
       
 

Purchase price

    1,542,389  

Bargain purchase gain

    791,615  
       
 

Net assets acquired

  $ 2,334,004  
       

        We will recognize a $791,615 bargain purchase gain related to the excess fair value over the purchase price for the assets acquired.

        The Mankato operations results are not included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition was after December 31, 2010; however the table below reflects our unaudited pro forma combined results of operations as if the acquisition had taken place as of January 1, 2010:

 
  Pro Forma
For the Year Ended
December 31, 2010
(unaudited)
 

Net Sales

  $ 114,473,000  

Net Loss

  $ (291,000 )
       

Basic Loss per Common Share

  $ (0.11 )
       

        Combined results for the two companies for the year ended December 31, 2010 were adjusted for the following in order to create the unaudited proforma results in the table above:

    Additional rent expense of approximately $178,000 for the lease of the facility from Winland,

    Additional depreciation expense of approximately $158,000 resulting from the adjustment of property and equipment to their fair values,

36


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

NOTE 13  SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

    Elimination of inventory obsolescence charges of approximately $297,000 as we did not acquire Winland's inventory as part of the acquisition,

    Tax benefit of approximately $489,000 using an effective tax rate of 38 percent,

    The impact of these adjustments on outstanding shares of 2,742,389 was to decrease proforma loss per share by $0.29.

        The pro forma unaudited results do not purport to be indicative of the results which would have been obtained had the acquisition been completed as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. In addition they do not include any benefits that may result from the acquisition due to synergies that may be derived from the elimination of any duplicative costs.

37


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Supplementary Information

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Nortech Systems Incorporated and Subsidiary

        Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated March 11, 2011, (included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) also included the consolidated financial statement schedule of Nortech Systems Incorporated and Subsidiary, listed in Item 15(a) of this Form 10-K. This schedule is the responsibility of Nortech Systems Incorporated and Subsidiary's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits of the consolidated financial statements.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ MCGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 11, 2011

38


Table of Contents


NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARY

SCHEDULE II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

Classification
  Balance at
Beginning
of Year
  Additions Charged
to Costs
and Expenses
  Deductions   Balance at
End of
Year
 

Year Ended December 31, 2010:

                         
 

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

  $ 138,000   $ 58,000   $ (110,000 ) $ 86,000  
 

Inventory Reserves

    1,095,000     1,243,000     (1,296,000 )   1,042,000  
 

Self-insurance Accrual

    310,000     3,110,000     (3,385,000 )   35,000  

Year Ended December 31, 2009:

                         
 

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

  $ 492,000   $ 226,000   $ (580,000 ) $ 138,000  
 

Inventory Reserves

    1,340,000     966,000     (1,211,000 )   1,095,000  
 

Self-insurance Accrual

    446,000     4,663,000     (4,799,000 )   310,000  

39


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.        CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.

ITEM 9A.        CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

        (a)    Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.    In accordance with Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company's management evaluated, with the participation of the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based upon their evaluation of these disclosure controls and procedures, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the date of such evaluation in ensuring that information required to be disclosed in the Company's Exchange Act reports is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported in a timely manner, and (2) accumulated and communicated to management, including the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

        (b)    Changes in internal control.    There was no change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the board of directors regarding the effectiveness of our internal control processes over the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

        All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

        We have assessed the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

        This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company's independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management's report was not subject to attestation by the Company's independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management's report in this annual report.

ITEM 9B.        OTHER INFORMATION

        None.

40


Table of Contents


PART III

ITEM 10.        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        Information regarding the directors and executive officers of the Registrant will be included in the Registrant's 2010 proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2010, the end of our fiscal year, and said portions of the proxy statement are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11.        EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        Information regarding executive compensation of the Registrant will be included in the Registrant's 2010 proxy statements to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2010, the end of our fiscal year, and said portions of the proxy statement are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.        SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management of the Registrant will be included in the Registrant's 2010 proxy statements to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2010, the end of our fiscal year, and said portions of the proxy statements are incorporated herein by reference.

        Information regarding executive compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) as of the end of the last fiscal year, on two categories of equity compensation plans (that is, plans that have been approved by security holders and plans that have not been approved by security holders) will be included in the Registrant's 2010 proxy statements to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2010, the end of our fiscal year, and said portions of the proxy statements are incorporated herein by reference.

        The following table provides information about our equity compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) as of December 31, 2010.

Plan category
  Number of
securities to be
issued upon
the exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights(1)
  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in the first
column)(2)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    663,150   $ 7.32     167,950  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    0     0     0  
               

Total

    663,150   $ 7.32     167,950  
               

(1)
Represents common shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options granted under our 1992 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the "1992 Plan"), the 2003 Stock Option Plan (the "2003 Plan"), the 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan (the "2005 Plan") and the 2007 FOCUS Incentive Compensation Plan (the "2007 Plan").

(2)
Represents common shares remaining available for issuance under the 2005 and 2007 Plans.

41


Table of Contents

ITEM 13.        CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        The information required by this Item will be included in the Registrant's 2010 proxy statements to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2010, the end of our fiscal year, and said portions of the proxy statements are incorporated herin by reference.

ITEM 14.        PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

        The information required by this Item will be included in the Registrant's 2010 proxy statements to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2010, the end of our fiscal year, and said portions of the proxy statement are incorporated herin by reference.


PART IV

ITEM 15.        EXHIBITS, CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES

(a)1.

      Consolidated Financial Statements—Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes are included in Part II, Item 8, and are identified in the Index on Page 23.  

(a)2.

     

Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule—The following financial statement schedule and the Auditors' report thereon is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 
 
   
   
  Page  

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Supplementary Information

    38  

 

Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule for the years ended December 31,2010 and 2009:

       

 

    Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

    39  

        All other schedules are omitted because the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

(a)3.   The following exhibits are incorporated herein by reference:

  10.7   First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

 

10.8

 

Winland Asset Purchase Agreement

 

23.1

 

Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP.

 

31.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a), promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

31.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a), promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

32.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

42


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED

March 11, 2011

 

/s/ RICHARD G. WASIELEWSKI

Richard G. Wasielewski
Chief Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer

March 11, 2011

 

/s/ MICHAEL J. DEGEN

Michael J. Degen
President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated have signed this report.

March 11, 2011   /s/ MICHAEL J. DEGEN

Michael J. Degen
President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director

March 11, 2011

 

/s/ MYRON KUNIN

Myron Kunin
Chairman and Director

March 11, 2011

 

/s/ RICHARD W. PERKINS

Richard W. Perkins,
Director

March 11, 2011

 

/s/ C. TRENT RILEY

C. Trent Riley,
Director

March 11, 2011

 

/s/ KEN LARSON

Ken Larson,
Director

43


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

DESCRIPTIONS OF EXHIBITS

10.7   First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

10.8

 

Winland Asset Purchase Agreement

23.1

 

Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

31.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a), promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

31.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a), promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

32.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

44



EX-10.7 2 a2202512zex-10_7.htm EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT

AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (the “Amendment”), dated January 6, 2011, is entered into by and between NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED, a Minnesota corporation (“Company”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Wells Fargo”), acting through its Wells Fargo Business Credit operating division.

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Company and Wells Fargo are parties to a Credit and Security Agreement dated May 27, 2010 (as amended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company executed and delivered, among other notes, that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Note dated as of August 6, 2009 made payable to the order of Wells Fargo in the original principal amount of $12,000,000 (the “Existing Revolving Note”). Capitalized terms used in these recitals have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

B.            The Company has requested that certain amendments be made to the Credit Agreement, which Wells Fargo is willing to make pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

1.             Definitions.  The following definitions are hereby amended or added to Exhibit A to the Credit Agreement as appropriate:

 

Advance” and “Advances” means an advance or advances under the Line of Credit, Term Loan, Equipment Term Loan, or the Capex Term Loan.

 

Capex Term Loan” means the Capex Term Loan in Section 1.7B.

 

Eligible Equipment means that Equipment of Company designated by Wells Fargo as eligible from time to time in its sole discretion.

 

Equipment Term Loan” means the Equipment Term Loan in Section 1.7A.

 

Line of Credit” means the 13,500,000 Line of Credit as set forth in Section 1.3.

 

Maturity Date” means (a) with respect to the Line of Credit, May 31, 2013, (b) with respect to the Existing Term Loan, May 31, 2012, (c) with respect to the Equipment Term Loan, March 31, 2013, and (d) with respect to the Capex Term Loan, December 31, 2011.

 

Net Forced Liquidation Value” means a professional opinion of the probable Net Cash Proceeds that could be realized at a properly advertised and professionally managed forced sale public auction conducted without reserve under economic trends current within 60 days of the

 



 

appraisal, which opinion may consider physical location, difficulty of removal, adaptability, specialization, marketability, physical condition, overall appearance and psychological appeal.

 

Net Orderly Liquidation Value” means a professional opinion of the probable Net Cash Proceeds that could be realized at a properly advertised and professionally conducted liquidation sale, conducted under orderly sale conditions for an extended period of time (usually six to nine months), under the economic trends existing at the time of the appraisal.

 

Term Loans” means collectively the Existing Term Loan, the Equipment Term Loan and the Capex Term Loan.

 

Term Notes” means collectively, the Term Note, the Equipment Term Note and the Capex Term Note.

 

Winland” means Winland Electronics, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.

 

Winland Asset Purchase Agreement” means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement between Winland and the Company dated as of November 15, 2010 pursuant to which Company has agreed to acquire certain assets of Winland.

 

2.             Line of Credit; Limitations on Borrowings; Termination Date; Use of Proceeds.  Section 1.1(a) and 1.1(b) are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

 

(a)           Existing Advances.  Wells Fargo has made various revolving advances to the Borrower (the “Existing Advances”) as evidenced by the Credit Agreement and the Existing Revolving Note.  As of January 5, 2011, the outstanding principal balance of the Existing Advances was $6,341,157.32.  As of the effective date of the First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement the Existing Advances shall be deemed to be Advances made pursuant to Section 1.1(b) and shall be evidenced by and repayable in accordance with that certain Second Amended and Restated Revolving Note dated as of January 6, 2011 and made payable to the order of Wells Fargo in an original principal amount of up to Thirteen Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($13,500,000) (as renewed, amended, substituted or replaced from time to time, the “Revolving Note”).

 

(b)           Line of Credit and Limitations on Borrowing.  Wells Fargo shall make Advances to Company under the Line of Credit that, together with the L/C Amount, shall not at any time exceed in the aggregate the lesser of (i) $13,500,000 (the “Maximum Line Amount”), or (ii) the Borrowing Base limitations described in Section 1.2.  Within these limits, Company may periodically borrow, prepay in whole or in part, and reborrow.  Wells Fargo has no obligation to make an Advance during a Default Period or at any time Wells Fargo believes that an Advance would result in an Event of Default.

 

3.             Equipment Term Loan.  Section 1.7A shall be added to the Credit Agreement and read as follows:

 

2



 

1.7A       Equipment Term Loan.

 

(a)           Equipment Term Loan.  Wells Fargo shall extend the Equipment Term Loan to Company through a single Advance in an amount not in excess of $475,000.  The Term Loan must be advanced no later than January 15, 2011.

 

(b)           Equipment Term Note.  Company’s obligation to repay the Equipment Term Loan and each Equipment Term Loan Advance shall be evidenced by an installment promissory note (as renewed, amended, or replaced from time to time, the “Equipment Term Note”).

 

(c)           Term Loan Advance and Disbursement.  Company must request the Equipment Term Loan Advance no later than 11:59 a.m. Central Time on the Business Day on which Company wishes the Advance to be disbursed. Wells Fargo shall deposit the proceeds of each Term Loan Advance or to Company’s Operating Account, or disburse the proceeds in such other manner as the parties may agree in an Authenticated Record.  Upon request, Company shall confirm its request for an Advance in an Authenticated Record, and agrees that it shall repay the Term Loan even if the Person requesting any Term Loan Advance on behalf of Company lacked authorization.

 

(d)           Payments and Adjustments to Payments.  The unpaid principal amount of the Term Note shall be paid in equal monthly installments of $7,916.67, beginning on January 31, 2011, and on the first calendar day of each succeeding month until the earlier of May 31, 2013 or the Termination Date, when the unpaid principal and interest evidenced by the Equipment Term Note shall be fully due and payable.  Installment payments may be adjusted by Wells Fargo from time to time to an amount that would fully amortize the Equipment Term Note in substantially equal payments of principal through December 31, 2015 (the “Assumed Maturity Date”).  Payments shall be collected by Wells Fargo through a debit to the Equipment Term Note and a simultaneous Line of Credit Advance in the same amount, or by such other method as the parties may agree in an Authenticated Record.  Proceeds from the liquidation of Collateral acquired with Equipment Term Loan proceeds will be applied to the Equipment Term Note.

 

(e)           Prepayments and Mandatory Prepayments.  Company may prepay the Equipment Term Loan at any time.  If Wells Fargo obtains an appraisal of the Equipment at any time as permitted under this Agreement, and the appraisal shows the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Equipment Term Note to exceed (i) seventy-five percent (75%) of the Net Orderly Liquidation Value or (ii) one hundred percent (100%)  Net Forced Liquidation Value of Eligible Equipment acquired under the Winland Asset Purchase Agreement, then Company, shall immediately prepay the unpaid principal of the Equipment Term Note in the amount of such excess.

 

(f)            Collection of Prepayments and Related Fees.  All Term Loan prepayments, including mandatory prepayments and prepayments due on the Termination Date, must be accompanied by any prepayment and Fixed Rate Advance breakage fees payable under this Agreement, which will be applied to the most remote principal installments then due and payable.  Any prepayment of principal and any related fees

 

3



 

shall be collected by Wells Fargo through a debit to the Term Note and a simultaneous Line of Credit Advance in the same amount, or by such other method as the parties may agree.

 

4.             Capex Term Loan.  Section 1.14 shall be added to the Credit Agreement and read as follows:

 

Section 1.7B       Capex Term Loan.

 

(a)           Capex Term Loan.  Wells Fargo shall extend the Capex Term Loan to Company through one or more Advances which must be requested no later than December 31, 2011, in an aggregate amount not in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).  Each Capex Term Loan Advance must be in multiples of $1,000 and in the minimum amount of at least $100,000, provided, however, that Wells Fargo shall make no Capex Term Loan Advance if, after making it, the unpaid principal amount of the Capex Term Note would exceed (i) eighty percent (80%) of the all newly acquired Eligible Equipment or (ii) eighty-five percent of used Eligible Equipment reduced by the aggregate amount of principal payments scheduled in the Capex Term Note.

 

(b)           Capex Term Note.  Company’s obligation to repay the Capex Term Loan and each Capex Term Loan Advance shall be evidenced by an installment promissory note (as renewed, amended, or replaced from time to time, the “Capex Term Note”).

 

(c)           Capex Term Loan Advances and Disbursements.  Company must request each Term Loan Advance no later than 11:59 a.m. Central Time on the Business Day on which Company wishes the Advance to be disbursed. Wells Fargo shall deposit the proceeds of each Capex Term Loan Advance or to Company’s Operating Account, or disburse the proceeds in such other manner as the parties may agree in an Authenticated Record.  Upon request, Company shall confirm its request for an Advance in an Authenticated Record, and agrees that it shall repay the Capex Term Loan even if the Person requesting any Capex Term Loan Advance on behalf of Company lacked authorization.

 

(d)           Payments and Adjustments to Payments.  The unpaid principal amount of each Capex Term Loan Advance made under the Capex Term Note shall be paid in sixty equal monthly installments, beginning on the last day of the month following the month in which the Capex Term Loan Advance was made and on the last calendar day of each succeeding month until the earlier of December 31, 2011, or the Termination Date, when the unpaid principal and interest evidenced by the Capex Term Note shall be fully due and payable.  Installment payments may be adjusted by Wells Fargo from time to time to an amount that would fully amortize the Term Note in substantially equal payments of principal through December 31, 2015 (the “Assumed Maturity Date”).  If Wells Fargo disburses multiple Term Loan Advances, the amount of subsequent payments may be increased to fully amortize the Term Note by the Assumed Maturity Date.  Payments shall be collected by Wells Fargo through a debit to the Capex Term Note and a simultaneous Line of Credit Advance in the same amount, or by such other method as the parties may agree in an Authenticated Record.  Proceeds from the

 

4



 

liquidation of Collateral acquired with Capex Term Loan proceeds will be applied to the Capex Term Note.

 

(e)           Prepayments and Mandatory Prepayments.  Company may prepay the Capex Term Loan at any time.  If Wells Fargo obtains an appraisal of the Equipment at any time as permitted under this Agreement, and the appraisal shows the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Note to exceed eighty-five percent of Net Orderly Liquidation Value of Eligible Equipment acquired with the proceeds of the Capex Term Loan, then Company, shall immediately prepay the unpaid principal of the Capex Term Note in the amount of such excess.

 

(f)            Collection of Prepayments and Related Fees.  All Capex Term Loan prepayments, including mandatory prepayments and prepayments due on the Termination Date, must be accompanied by any prepayment and Fixed Rate Advance breakage fees (if any) payable under this Agreement, which will be applied to the most remote principal installments then due and payable.  Any prepayments of principal and any related fees shall be collected by Wells Fargo through a debit to the Capex Term Note and a simultaneous Line of Credit Advance in the same amount, or by such other method as the parties may agree.”

 

5.             Interest and Interest Related Matters.  Section 1.8 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

1.8          Interest and Interest Related Matters.

 

(a)           Interest Rates Applicable to Line of Credit and Term Loan.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the unpaid principal amount of each Line of Credit Advance evidenced by the Revolving Note, and the unpaid principal balance of the Term Loans evidenced by the Term Notes, shall accrue interest at an annual interest rate calculated as follows:

 

Floating Rate Pricing

 

(i)            The “Floating Rate” for Line of Credit Advances = An interest rate equal to Daily Three Month LIBOR plus four percent (4.0%), which interest rate shall change whenever Daily Three Month LIBOR changes;

 

(ii)           The “Floating Rate” for the Term Loans = An interest rate equal to Daily Three Month LIBOR plus four and one-half of one percent (4.5%), which interest rate shall change whenever Daily Three Month LIBOR changes;

 

(b)           Minimum Interest Charge.  Notwithstanding the other terms of Section 0 to the contrary, and except as limited by the usury savings provision of Section 1.8(e), Company shall pay Wells Fargo at least $200,000 consisting of (i) interest,  (ii) Letter of Credit Fees under Section 1.9(h), and (iii) Commissions under Section 1.8(a) of the Reimbursement Agreement; each year or portion of a year following the initial Advance (the “Minimum Interest Charge”) during the term of this Agreement, and Company shall pay any deficiency between the Minimum

 

5



 

Interest Charge and the amount of interest otherwise payable on the anniversary of the initial Advance and on the Termination Date.  When calculating this deficiency, the Default Rate set forth in Section 1.8(c), if applicable, shall be disregarded.

 

(c)           Default Interest Rate.  Commencing on the day an Event of Default occurs, through and including the date identified by Wells Fargo in a Record as the date that the Event of Default has been cured or waived (each such period a “Default Period”), or during a time period specified in Section 1.10, or at any time following the Termination Date, in Wells Fargo’s sole discretion and without waiving any of its other rights or remedies, the principal amount of the Revolving Note and the Term Notes shall bear interest at a rate that is three percent (3.0%) above the contractual rate set forth in Section 1.8(a) (the “Default Rate”), or any lesser rate that Wells Fargo may deem appropriate, starting on the first day of the month in which the Default Period begins through the last day of that Default Period, or any shorter time period to which Wells Fargo may agree in an Authenticated Record.

 

(d)           Interest Accrual on Payments Applied to Revolving Note.  Payments received by Wells Fargo shall be applied to the Revolving Note as provided in Section 1.6(c), but the principal amount paid down shall continue to accrue interest through the end of the first Business Day following the Business Day that the payment was applied to the Revolving Note.

 

(e)           Usury.  No interest rate shall be effective which would result in a rate greater than the highest rate permitted by law.  Payments in the nature of interest and other charges made under any Loan Documents or any other document or agreement described in or related to this Agreement that are later determined to be in excess of the limits imposed by applicable usury law will be deemed to be a payment of principal, and the Indebtedness shall be reduced by that amount so that such payments will not be deemed usurious.

 

6.             Term Loan Prepayment Fees.  Section 1.9(l) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

(l)            Term Loan Prepayment Fees.  Company may prepay the principal amount of the Term Notes at any time in any amount, whether voluntarily, or by acceleration, or as otherwise required by this Agreement, provided that it concurrently pays with the prepayment a prepayment fee in an amount equal to (i) three percent (3.0%) of the amount prepaid, if prepayment occurs on or before the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement; (ii) two percent (2.0%) of the amount prepaid, if prepayment occurs after the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement but on or before the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement; and (iii) one percent (1.0%) of the amount prepaid, if prepayment occurs after the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

 

6



 

7.             Interest Accrual; Principal and Interest Payments; Computation.  Section 1.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

1.10        Interest Accrual; Principal and Interest Payments; Computation.

 

(a)           Interest Payments and Interest Accrual.  Accrued and unpaid interest under the Revolving Note and the Term Note on Floating Rate Advances shall be due and payable on the first day of each month (each an “Interest Payment Date”) and on the Termination Date, and shall be paid in the manner provided in Section 1.6(c) and Sections 1.7(d), 1.7A(d), and (1.7B(d).  Interest shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of Advance to the Interest Payment Date.

 

(b)           Payment of Revolving Note and Term Note Principal.  The principal amount of the Revolving Note and the Term Notes shall be paid from time to time as provided in this Agreement, and shall be fully due and payable on the Termination Date.

 

(c)           Payments Due on Non-Business Days.  If an Interest Payment Date or the Termination Date falls on a day which is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next Business Day, and interest shall continue to accrue during that time period.

 

(d)           Computation of Interest and Fees.  Interest accruing on the unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Note and the Term Notes and fees payable under this Agreement shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

 

(e)           Liability Records.  Wells Fargo shall maintain accounting and bookkeeping records of all Advances and payments with respect to the Indebtedness in such form and content as Wells Fargo in its sole discretion deems appropriate.  Wells Fargo’s calculation of the amount of the Indebtedness shall be presumed correct unless proven otherwise by Company.  Upon request, Company will admit and certify to Wells Fargo in a Record the exact unpaid principal amount of Indebtedness that Company then believes to be due and payable to Wells Fargo.  Any billing statement or accounting provided by Wells Fargo shall be conclusive and binding unless Company notifies Wells Fargo in a detailed Record of its intention to dispute the billing statement or accounting within 30 days of receipt.

 

8.             Financial Covenants.  Section 5.2 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

(a)           Minimum Earnings Before Taxes.  Company shall achieve, during each period described below, Earnings Before Taxes of not less than the amount set forth for each such period (numbers appearing between “< >“ are negative):

 

Period

 

Min. Earnings Before Taxes

 

Through December 31, 2010

 

$

0

 

 

7



 

Period

 

Min. Earnings Before Taxes

 

Through March 31, 2011

 

$

0

 

Through June 30, 2011

 

$

250,000

 

Through September 30, 2011

 

$

750,000

 

Through December 31, 2011

 

$

1,000,000

 

 

(b)           Minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio.  Company shall maintain, during each period described below, a Debt Service Coverage Ratio, determined on a rolling twelve-month basis, of not less than the ratio set forth for each such period:

 

Period

 

Min. Debt Service
Coverage Ratio

 

Through December 31, 2010

 

1.20 to 1.00

 

Through March 31, 2011

 

0.80 to 1.00

 

Through June 30, 2011

 

0.80 to 1.00

 

Through September 30, 2011

 

0.90 to 1.00

 

Through December 31, 2011

 

1.10 to 1.00

 

 

(c)           Capital Expenditures.  Company shall not incur or contract to incur Capital Expenditures of more than (i) $2,500,000 in the aggregate during Company’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, and (ii) zero for each subsequent year until Company and Wells Fargo agree on limits on Capital Expenditures for subsequent periods based on Company’s projections for such periods.

 

(d)           Stop Loss.  Company shall not, during any single month, suffer a pre-tax Net Loss in excess of $250,000.00, commencing with the month of December, 2010.

 

(e)           New Covenants.  On or before January 31, 2012, the Company and Wells Fargo shall agree on new covenant levels for Section 5.2, for periods after December 31, 2011.  The new covenant levels will be based on the Borrowers’ projections for such periods and shall be no less stringent than the present levels.  The failure of agreement between Borrowers and Wells Fargo to set reasonable covenants shall be deemed an Event of Default.

 

9.             Premises.  Exhibit B to the Credit Agreement is hereby replaced with Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

10.           Representations and Warranties.  Exhibit D to the Credit Agreement is hereby replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

11.           Compliance Certificate.  Exhibit E to the Credit Agreement is hereby replaced with Exhibit E attached hereto.

 

12.           No Other Changes. Except as explicitly amended by this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to any advance or letter of credit thereunder.

 

8



 

13.           Amendment Fee. The Company shall pay Wells Fargo as of the date hereof a fully earned, non-refundable fee in the amount of $15,000 in consideration of Wells Fargo’s execution and delivery of this Amendment.

 

14.           Conditions Precedent. This Amendment shall be effective when Wells Fargo shall have received an executed original hereof, together with each of the following, each in substance and form acceptable to Wells Fargo in its sole discretion:

 

(a)           A Second Amended and Restated Revolving Note, An Equipment Term Note and a Capex Term Note.

 

(b)           A landlord waiver from Winland Electronics, Inc.

 

(c)           A Third Amendment to Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement.

 

(d)           A Subordination Agreement with Winland Electronics, Inc.

 

(e)           A Payoff Letter from M&I Equipment Finance Company and Prinsource Capital Companies, LLC.

 

(f)            The final Asset Purchase Agreement between Company and Winland Electronics, Inc.

 

(g)           A Certificate of the Secretary of the Company certifying as to (i) the resolutions of the board of directors of the Company approving the execution and delivery of this Amendment, (ii) the fact that the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Company, which were certified and delivered to Wells Fargo pursuant to the Certificate of Authority of the Company’s secretary or assistant secretary dated May 27, 2010 continue in full force and effect and have not been amended or otherwise modified except as set forth in the Certificate to be delivered, and (iii) certifying that the officers and agents of the Company who have been certified to Wells Fargo, pursuant to the Certificate of Authority of the Company’s secretary or assistant secretary dated May 27, 2010, as being authorized to sign and to act on behalf of the Company continue to be so authorized or setting forth the sample signatures of each of the officers and agents of the Company authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and all other documents, agreements and certificates on behalf of the Company.

 

(h)           Payment of the fee described in Paragraph 13.

 

(i)            Amendments to each of the existing mortgages to include the increase in the Line of Credit and the new Term Loans.

 

(j)            Minimum Availability after giving effect to the transactions contemplated in this Amendment and under the Winland Asset Purchase Agreement of not less than $3,000,000.

 

(k)           Such other matters as Wells Fargo may require.

 

9



 

15.           Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to Wells Fargo as follows:

 

(a)           The Company has all requisite power and authority to execute this Amendment and any other agreements or instruments required hereunder and to perform all of its obligations hereunder, and this Amendment and all such other agreements and instruments has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)           The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Amendment and any other agreements or instruments required hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not (i) require any authorization, consent or approval by any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, (ii) violate any provision of any law, rule or regulation or of any order, writ, injunction or decree presently in effect, having applicability to the Company, or the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Company, or (iii) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other agreement, lease or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected.

 

(c)           All of the representations and warranties contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement are correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date.

 

16.           References.  All references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement” shall be deemed to refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby; and any and all references in the Security Documents to the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

 

17.           No Waiver. The execution of this Amendment and the acceptance of all other agreements and instruments related hereto shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement or a waiver of any breach, default or event of default under any Security Document or other document held by Wells Fargo, whether or not known to Wells Fargo and whether or not existing on the date of this Amendment.

 

18.           Release. The Company hereby absolutely and unconditionally releases and forever discharges Wells Fargo, and any and all participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers, indemnitors, successors and assigns thereof, together with all of the present and former directors, officers, agents and employees of any of the foregoing, from any and all claims, demands or causes of action of any kind, nature or description, whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under any state or federal law or otherwise, which the Company has had, now has or has made claim to have against any such person for or by reason of any act, omission, matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to and including the date of this Amendment, whether such claims, demands and causes of action are matured or unmatured or known or unknown.

 

10


 

19.           Costs and Expenses. The Company hereby reaffirms its agreement under the Credit Agreement to pay or reimburse Wells Fargo on demand for all costs and expenses incurred by Wells Fargo in connection with the Loan Documents, including without limitation all reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company specifically agrees to pay all fees and disbursements of counsel to Wells Fargo for the services performed by such counsel in connection with the preparation of this Amendment and the documents and instruments incidental hereto. The Company hereby agrees that Wells Fargo may, at any time or from time to time in its sole discretion and without further authorization by the Company, make a loan to the Company under the Credit Agreement, or apply the proceeds of any loan, for the purpose of paying any such fees, disbursements, costs and expenses and the fee required under Paragraph 7 of this Amendment.

 

20.           Miscellaneous. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

Thomas G. Hedberg

 

 

 

Its Vice President

 

Its

 

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Third Amended

and Restated Credit and Security Agreement dated as of January 6, 2011]

 



 

Exhibit B to Credit and Security Agreement

 

PREMISES

 

The Premises referred to in the Credit and Security Agreement have the following street addresses and/or are legally described as follows:

 

1)                                      WAYZATA:  1120 Wayzata Blvd, Suite 200 & 201, Wayzata, MN  55391

 

2)                                      AUGUSTA:  A parcel of land located in Eau Claire County, State of Wisconsin, described as follows: Lot 1 of Eau Claire County certified survey map number 1358 filed March 14, 1997, in volume 7 of Certified Survey Maps, pages 137-139 in the office of the Register of Deeds for Eau Claire County Wisconsin.

 

750 Industrial Drive, Augusta, WI 54722

 

3)                                      BAXTER:  Lot 6, Block 1, Baxter Industrial Park. Property ID 032050010060009

Lot 5, Block 1, Baxter Industrial Park.  Property ID 032050010050009

 

1750 Goedderz Road, Baxter, MN 56425

1800 Goedderz Road, Baxter, MN 56425

 

4)                                      BEMIDJI:  That part of Government Lot 2, also with that part of the Northwest Quarter of the Southeast Quarter, Section 36, Township 147, Range 34, described as follows:

 

Commencing at a cast iron monument known as B-12 on the Northerly right-of-way line of Trunk Highway No. 2, said monument being the most Northerly point of the plat of Minnesota Department of Transportation right-of-way Plat No. 04-5, according to the recorded plat thereof, assuming said Northerly right-of-way line bears North 68 degrees 32 minutes 14 seconds West along said Northerly right-of-way line 1023.92 feet to the point of beginning; thence continuing North 68 degrees 32 minutes 14 seconds West along said Northerly right-of-way line1167.81 feet; thence North 74 degrees 29 minutes 01 seconds East 701.36 feet; thence South 68 degrees 32 minutes 14 seconds East, parallel to said Northerly right-of-way line 462.30 feet to a point on a 100.00 feet radius curve, the center of circle of said curve bears South 54 degrees 10 minutes 06 seconds East from said point, said point also being on the right-of-way line of a road; thence Southeasterly along said curve and said right-of-way line 194.28 feet; central angle 111 degrees 18 minutes 46 seconds; thence South 14 degrees 21 minutes 08 seconds West along the prolongation of a radial line of said curve 300.00 feet to the point of beginning.

Beltrami County, Minnesota  -  Abstract Property

 

4050 Norris Court NW, Bemidji, MN 56601

 

B-1



 

5)                                      FAIRMONT:

 

Parcel A:  Sold

 

Parcel B:  Lot Two (2), Block One (1), of the First Northeast Addition to the City of Fairmont, according to the plat thereof on file and of record in the Office of the Register of Deeds in and for Martin County, Minnesota, and that portion of Lot Three (3), Block One (1), First Northeast Addition aforesaid described as follows:

Commencing at the Southwest corner of the aforementioned Lot Three (3) in Block One (1) of the First Northeast Addition to the City of Fairmont, Minnesota, thence East along the South line of said Lot Three (3) for a distance of 163.35 feet, thence deflecting 90 degrees 21 minutes left for a distance of 30.00 feet, thence deflecting 89 degrees 39 minutes left for a distance of 163.35 feet to a point on the West line of said Lot Three (3), thence South along said West line of Lot Three (3) for a distance of 30.00 feet to the point of beginning.

 

Parcel C:  Lots Four (4) and Five (5), Block Two (2), First Northeast Addition to the City of Fairmont, as per map or plat thereof on file and of record in the Office of the County Recorder in and for Martin County, Minnesota.

Abstract Property

 

1007 East 10th Street, Fairmont, MN 55603

1030 Fairview Avenue, Fairmont, MN 55603

 

6)                                      MERRIFIELD:  That part of Govt. Lot 6, Sec. 36, Twp. 135, Rge. 28, described as follows:  Beginning at the Northeast corner of said Govt. Lot 6; thence South 00 degrees 59 minutes 20 seconds West, assumed bearing, 579.89 feet along the East line  of said Govt. Lot 6; thence North 82 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds West 114.59 feet; thence South 81 degrees 39 minutes 36 seconds West 374.51 feet to the Easterly line of a 66 foot easement; thence North 70 degrees 11 minutes 23 seconds West 19.60 feet along said Easterly line of the 66 foot road easement; thence Northeasterly 44.66 feet along a tangential curve, concave to the Northeast, central angle 64 degrees 10 minutes 00 seconds and radius 39.88 feet continuing along said Easterly line of the 66 foot road easement; thence North 06 degrees 01 minutes 23 seconds West, along tangential of the last described curve, 24.02 feet continuing along said Easterly line of the 66 foot road easement; thence North 00 degrees 59 minutes 20 seconds East 565 feet, more or less, to the North line of said Govt. Lot 6; thence Easterly 600 feet, more or less, along the North line of said Govt. Lot 6 to the point of beginning.  AND that part of Govt. Lot 6, Sect. 36, Twp. 135, Rge. 28, described as follows:  Commencing at the Northeast corner of said Govt. Lot 6; thence South 00 degrees 59 minutes 20 seconds West, assumed bearing, 579.89 feet along the East line of said Govt. Lot 6; thence North 82 degrees 38 minutes 21 seconds West 114.59 feet; thence South 81 degrees 39 minutes 36 seconds West 374.51 feet to the Easterly line of a 66 foot road easement; thence Northwesterly 44.66 feet along a tangential curve concave to the Northeast, central angle 64 degrees 10 minutes 00 seconds, radius 39.88 feet, continuing along said Easterly line of the 66 foot wide road easement; thence North 6 degrees 01 minutes 23 seconds West, along the tangent to the last described curve, 24.02 feet continuing along said Easterly line of the 66 foot road easement; thence

 

B-2



 

South 83 degrees 58 minutes 37 seconds West 66.00 feet along the North line of said 66 foot road easement; thence North 00 degrees 59 minutes 20 seconds East 33.25 feet to the point of beginning of the tract to be described; thence South 83 degrees 58 minutes 37 seconds West 725 feet, more or less, to the West line of said Govt. Lot 6; thence Northerly 591 feet, more or less, along said West line of Govt. Lot 6 to the Northwest corner of said Govt. Lot 6; thence Easterly 716 feet, more or less, along the North line of said Govt. Lot 6 to the line bearing North 00 degrees 59 minutes 20 seconds East from the point of beginning; thence South 00 degrees 59 minutes 20 seconds West 523 feet, more or less, to the point of beginning.

Crow Wing Count, Minnesota

Abstract Property

 

12136 Crystal Lake Road, Merrifield, MN 55465

 

7)                                      BLUE EARTH, MINNESOTA:  Commencing at the Southwest corner of the Southwest Quarter of Section 7 in Township 102 North, Range 27, West of the 5th Principal Meridian in the County of Faribault and State of Minnesota; thence North along the West line of the Southwest Quarter of said Section 7, a distance of 680 feet; thence East parallel with the South line of the Southwest Quarter of said Section 7, a distance of 765 feet; thence South parallel with the West line of the Southwest Quarter of said Section 7, a distance of 680 feet; thence West along the South line of the Southwest Quarter of said Section 7, a distance of 765 feet to the point of beginning;

 

Except a tract of land in the Southwest Quarter of Section 7, Township 102 North, Range 27 West in the City of Blue Earth, Faribault County, Minnesota, described as follows:  Commencing at the Southwest corner of said Section 7; thence North 89 degrees 04 minutes 19 seconds East, (assumed bearing) along the south line of the Southwest Quarter of said Section 7, a distance of 765.00 feet; thence North 00 degrees 00 minutes 00 seconds East, parallel with the West line of the Southwest Quarter of said Section 7, a distance of 78.10 feet to the northerly right-of-way line of County State Aid Highway No. 16 and the point of beginning; thence continuing North 00 degrees 00 minutes 00 seconds East, a distance of 60.00 feet; thence South 89 degrees 04 minutes 19 seconds West, a distance of 20.00 feet; thence South 00 degrees 00 minutes 00 seconds West, a distance of 59.71 feet to said north highway right-of-way line; thence North 89 degrees 54 minutes 45 seconds East, along said highway right-of-way line, a distance of 20.00 feet to the point of beginning.

 

Together with an easement over that part of the West Half of the Southwest Quarter of said Section 7, excepting the tract described above, that lies between a line running parallel to but 10 feet North of the North right of way line of U.S. Trunk Highway No. 16 and the North right of way line of said Trunk Highway No. 16 as now located.

Faribault County, Minnesota.

 

1930 West First Street, Blue Earth, MN 56013

 

B-3



 

8)             MILACA, MINNESOTA.  Sect 25 TWP-038-Range 27 city of Milaca TR in NE of NE, Beg. at NE Corner of Lt 2 Blk 1 Mip, S 450 ft. E 335 ft, NW’L 2.5 Acres.

 

PID:  21-025-0201

 

925 6th Avenue N.E., Milaca, MN 56353

 

8)             MANKATO, MINNESOTA.  Lots Four (4) and Five (5), Block Three (3), EXCEPT that part of Lot 5 lying southerly of a line parallel with and distance 201.90 feet South of the North line of said Lot 5, Eastwood Industrial Centre, the 5 perimeter corners of which subdivision are marked with Judicial Landmarks.

 

PID:

 

1950 Excel Drive, Mankato, MN 56001

 

In the event of any conflict between the address and the legal description, the legal description shall control.

 

B-4



 

Exhibit D to Credit and Security Agreement

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Company represents and warrants to Wells Fargo as follows:

 

(a)                                  Existence and Power; Name; Chief Executive Office; Inventory and Equipment Locations; Federal Employer Identification Number and Organizational Identification Number.  Company is a corporation organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Minnesota and is licensed or qualified to transact business in all jurisdictions where the character of the property owned or leased or the nature of the business transacted by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary.  Company has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business, to own its properties and to execute and deliver, and to perform all of its obligations under, those Loan Documents and any other documents or agreements that it has entered into with Wells Fargo related to this Agreement.  During its existence, Company has done business solely under the names set forth below in addition to its correct legal name.  Company’s chief executive office and principal place of business is located at the address set forth below, and all of Company’s records relating to its business or the Collateral are kept at that location.  All Inventory and Equipment is located at that location or at one of the other locations set forth below.  Company’s name, Federal Employer Identification Number and Organization Identification Number are correctly set forth at the end of the Agreement next to Company’s signature.

 

Trade Names

 

Intercon One

 

Chief Executive Office / Principal Place of Business

 

1120 Wayzata Boulevard East, Suite 201, Wayzata, MN 55391

 

Other Inventory and Equipment Locations

 

1)             750 Industrial Drive, Augusta, WI  54722

2)             1007 East 10th Street, Fairmont, MN  55603

3)             1750 Goedderz Road, Baxter, MN  56425

4)             1800 Goedderz Road, Baxter, MN  56425

5)             1030 Fairview Avenue, Fairmont, MN  55603

6)             12136 Crystal Lake Road, Merrifield, MN 56465

7)             1120 Wayzata Blvd, Ste 200 & 201, Wayzata, MN 55391

8)             4050 Norris Court NW, Bemidji, MN 56601

9)             1930 West First Street, Blue Earth, Minnesota 56013

10)           925 6th Avenue N.E. Milaca, Minnesota 56353

11)           1950 Excel Drive, Mankato, Minnesota 56001

 

D-1



 

(b)                                 Capitalization.  The Capitalization Chart below constitutes a correct and complete list of all ownership interests of Company and all rights to acquire ownership interests, including the record holder, number of interests and percentage interests on a fully diluted basis, and the Organizational Chart below shows the ownership structure of all Subsidiaries of Company.

 

Capitalization Chart

 

Holder

 

Type of Rights/Stock

 

No. of Shares (after
exercise of all rights to
acquire shares)

 

Publicly Held

 

Common Stock

 

2,742,992

 

Publicly Held

 

Preferred Stock

 

250,00

 

 

Organizational Chart

 

 

(c)                                  Authorization of Borrowing; No Conflict as to Law or Agreements.  The execution, delivery and performance by Company of the Loan Documents and any other documents or agreements described in or related to this Agreement, and all borrowing under the Line of Credit have been authorized and do not (i) require the consent or approval of Company’s Owners; (ii) require the authorization, consent or approval by, or registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any governmental agency or instrumentality, whether domestic or foreign, or any other Person, except to the extent obtained, accomplished or given prior to the date of this Agreement; (iii) violate any provision of any law, rule or regulation (including Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or of any order, writ, injunction or decree presently in effect having applicability to Company or of Company’s Constituent Documents; (iv) result in a breach of or constitute a default or event of default under any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other material agreement, lease or instrument to which Company is a

 

D-2



 

party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected; or (v) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than the Security Interest) upon or with respect to any of the properties now owned or subsequently acquired by Company.

 

(d)                                 Legal Agreements.  This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any other document or agreement described in or related to this Agreement, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Company, enforceable against Company in accordance with their respective terms.

 

(e)                                  Subsidiaries.  Except as disclosed below, Company has no Subsidiaries.

 

Subsidiaries

 

1.             Nortech Medical Services, Inc. (wholly-owned) (Inactive)

 

2.             Manufacturing & Assembly Solutions of Monterrey S DE RL DE CV (wholly-owned)

 

(f)                                    Financial Condition; No Adverse Change.  Company has furnished to Wells Fargo its audited financial statements for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and unaudited financial statements for the fiscal-year-to-date period ended March 31, 2010 and those statements fairly present Company’s financial condition as of those dates and the results of Company’s operations and cash flows for the periods then ended and were prepared in accordance with GAAP.  Since the date of the most recent financial statements, there has been no Material Adverse Effect in Company’s business, properties or condition (financial or otherwise).

 

(g)                                 Litigation.  There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting Company or any of its Affiliates or the properties of Company or any of its Affiliates before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, which, if determined adversely to Company or any of its Affiliates, would result in a final judgment or judgments against Company or any of its Affiliates in an amount in excess of $10,000, apart from those matters specifically disclosed below.

 

Litigation Matters in Excess of $10,000

 

None.

 

(h)                                 Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(i)                                     Owned Intellectual Property.  Set forth below is a complete list of all patents, applications for patents, trademarks, applications to register trademarks, service marks, applications to register service marks, mask works, trade dress and copyrights for which Company is the owner of record (the “Owned Intellectual Property”).  Except as set forth below, (A) Company owns the Owned

 

D-3



 

Intellectual Property free and clear of all restrictions (including without limitation covenants not to sue any Person), court orders, injunctions, decrees, writs or Liens, whether by agreement memorialized in a Record Authenticated by Company or otherwise, (B) no Person other than Company owns or has been granted any right in the Owned Intellectual Property, (C) all Owned Intellectual Property is valid, subsisting and enforceable, and (D) Company has taken all commercially reasonable action necessary to maintain and protect the Owned Intellectual Property.

 

(ii)                                  Agreements with Employees and Contractors.  Company has entered into a legally enforceable agreement with each Person that is an employee or subcontractor obligating that Person to assign to Company, without additional compensation, any Intellectual Property Rights created, discovered or invented by that Person in the course of that Person’s employment or engagement with Company (except to the extent prohibited by law), and further obligating that Person to cooperate with Company, without additional compensation, to secure and enforce the Intellectual Property Rights on behalf of Company, unless the job description of the Person is such that it is not reasonably foreseeable that the employee or subcontractor will create, discover, or invent Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(iii)                               Intellectual Property Rights Licensed from Others.  Set forth below is a complete list of all agreements under which Company has licensed Intellectual Property Rights from another Person (“Licensed Intellectual Property”) other than readily available, non-negotiated licenses of computer software and other intellectual property used solely for performing accounting, word processing and similar administrative tasks (“Off-the-shelf Software”) and a summary of any ongoing payments Company is obligated to make with respect to Licensed Intellectual Property.  Except as set forth below or in any other Record, copies of which have been given to Wells Fargo, Company’s licenses to use the Licensed Intellectual Property are free and clear of all restrictions, Liens, court orders, injunctions, decrees, or writs, whether agreed to in a Record Authenticated by Company or otherwise.  Except as disclosed below, Company is not contractually obligated to make royalty payments of a material nature, or pay fees to any owner of, licensor of, or other claimant to, any Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(iv)                              Other Intellectual Property Needed for Business.  Except for Off-the-shelf Software and as disclosed below, the Owned Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property constitute all Intellectual Property Rights used or necessary to conduct Company’s business as it is presently conducted or as Company reasonably foresees conducting it.

 

(v)                                 Infringement.  Except as disclosed below, Company has no knowledge of, and has not received notice either orally or in a Record alleging, any Infringement of another Person’s Intellectual Property Rights (including any claim set forth in a Record that Company must license or refrain from using the Intellectual Property Rights of any Person) nor, to Company’s knowledge, is there any threatened claim or any reasonable basis for any such claim.

 

D-4


 

Intellectual Property Disclosures

 

None.

 

(i)                                     Taxes.  Company and its Affiliates have paid or caused to be paid to the proper authorities when due all federal, state and local taxes required to be withheld by each of them.  Company and its Affiliates have filed all federal, state and local tax returns which to the knowledge of the Officers of Company or any Affiliate, as the case may be, are required to be filed, and Company and its Affiliates have paid or caused to be paid to the respective taxing authorities all taxes as shown on these returns or on any assessment received by any of them to the extent such taxes have become due.

 

(j)                                     Titles and Liens.  Company has good and absolute title to all Collateral free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.  No financing statement naming Company as debtor is on file in any office except to perfect only Permitted Liens.

 

(k)                                  No Defaults.  Company is in compliance with all provisions of all agreements, instruments, decrees and orders to which it is a party or by which it or its property is bound or affected, the breach or default of which could have a Material Adverse Effect on Company’s financial condition, properties or operations .

 

(l)                                     Submissions to Wells Fargo.  All financial and other information provided to Wells Fargo by or on behalf of Company in connection with this Agreement (i) is true, correct and complete in all material respects, (ii) does not omit any material fact that would cause such information to be misleading, and (iii) as to projections, valuations or proforma financial statements, presents a good faith opinion as to such projections, valuations and proforma condition and results.

 

(m)                               Financing Statements.  Company has previously authorized the filing of financing statements sufficient when filed to perfect the Security Interest and other Liens created by the Security Documents.  When such financing statements are filed, Wells Fargo will have a valid and perfected security interest in all Collateral capable of being perfected by the filing of financing statements.  None of the Collateral is or will become a fixture on real estate, unless a sufficient fixture filing has been filed with respect to such Collateral.

 

(n)                                 Rights to Payment.  Each right to payment and each instrument, document, chattel paper and other agreement constituting or evidencing Collateral is (or, in the case of all future Collateral, will be when arising or issued) the valid, genuine and legally enforceable obligation, subject to no defense, setoff or counterclaim of the account debtor or other obligor named in that instrument.

 

(o)                                 Employee Benefit Plans.

 

(i)                                     Maintenance and Contributions to Plans.  Except as disclosed below, neither Company nor any ERISA Affiliate (A) maintains or has maintained any Pension

 

D-5



 

Plan, (B) contributes or has contributed to any Multiemployer Plan, or (C) provides or has provided post-retirement medical or insurance benefits to employees or former employees (other than benefits required under Section 601 of ERISA, Section 4980B of the IRC, or applicable state law).

 

(ii)                                  Knowledge of Plan Noncompliance with Applicable Law.  Except as disclosed below, neither Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has (A) knowledge that Company or the ERISA Affiliate is not in full compliance with the requirements of ERISA, the IRC, or applicable state law with respect to any Plan, (B) knowledge that a Reportable Event occurred or continues to exist in connection with any Pension Plan, or (C) sponsored a Plan that it intends to maintain as qualified under the IRC that is not so qualified, and no fact or circumstance exists which may have an adverse effect on such Plan’s tax-qualified status.

 

(iii)                               Funding Deficiencies and Other Liabilities.  Neither Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has liability for any (A) accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the IRC) under any Plan, whether or not waived, (B) withdrawal, partial withdrawal, reorganization or other event under any Multiemployer Plan under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA, or (C) event or circumstance which could result in financial obligation to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or any participant in connection with any Plan (other than routine claims for benefits under the Plan).

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

None.

 

(p)                                 Environmental Matters.

 

(iv)                              Hazardous Substances on Premises.  Except as disclosed below, there are not present in, on or under the Premises any Hazardous Substances in such form or quantity as to create any material liability or obligation for either Company or Wells Fargo under the common law of any jurisdiction or under any Environmental Law, and no Hazardous Substances have ever been stored, buried, spilled, leaked, discharged, emitted or released in, on or under the Premises in such a way as to create a material liability.

 

(v)                                 Disposal of Hazardous Substances.  Except as disclosed below, Company has not disposed of Hazardous Substances in such a manner as to create any material liability under any Environmental Law.

 

(vi)                              Claims and Proceedings with Respect to Environmental Law Compliance. Except as disclosed below, there have not existed in the past, nor are there any threatened or impending requests, claims, notices, investigations, demands, administrative proceedings, hearings or litigation relating in any way to the Premises or Company, alleging material liability under, violation of, or

 

D-6



 

noncompliance with any Environmental Law or any license, permit or other authorization issued pursuant to such an Environmental Law.

 

(vii)                           Compliance with Environmental Law; Permits and Authorizations.  Except as disclosed below, Company (A) conducts its business at all times in compliance with applicable Environmental Law, (B) possesses valid licenses, permits and other authorizations required under applicable Environmental Law for the lawful and efficient operation of its business, none of which are scheduled to expire, or withdrawal, or material limitation within the next 12 months, and (C) has not been denied insurance on grounds related to potential environmental liability.

 

(viii)                        Status of Premises.  Except as disclosed below, the Premises are not and never have been listed on the National Priorities List, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System or any similar federal, state or local list, schedule, log, inventory or database.

 

(ix)                                Environmental Audits, Reports, Permits and Licenses.  Company has delivered to Wells Fargo all environmental assessments, audits, reports, permits, licenses and other documents describing or relating in any way to the Premises or Company’s businesses.

 

Environmental Matters

 

None.

 

D-7



 

Exhibit E to Credit and Security Agreement

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:          Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Date:                                             , 201  

Subject:              Financial Statements

 

In accordance with our Third Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement dated May     , 2010 (as amended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), attached are the financial statements of Nortech Systems Incorporated (the “Company”) dated [                              , 200    ] (the “Reporting Date”) and the year-to-date period then ended (the “Current Financials”).  All terms used in this certificate have the meanings given in the Credit Agreement.

 

A.            Preparation and Accuracy of Financial Statements.  I certify that the Current Financials have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments, and fairly present Company’s financial condition as of the Reporting Date.

 

B.            Name of Company; Merger and Consolidation.  I certify that:

 

(Check one)

 

o                                    Company has not, since the date of the Credit Agreement, changed its name or jurisdiction of organization, nor has it consolidated or merged with another Person.

 

o                                    Company has, since the date of the Credit Agreement, either changed its name or jurisdiction of organization, or both, or has consolidated or merged with another Person, which change, consolidation or merger: o was consented to in advance by Wells Fargo in an Authenticated Record, and/or o is more fully described in the statement of facts attached to this Certificate.

 

C.            Events of Default.  I certify that:

 

(Check one)

 

o                                    I have no knowledge of the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement, except as previously reported to Wells Fargo in a Record.

 

o                                    I have knowledge of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement not previously reported to Wells Fargo in a Record, as more fully described in the statement of facts attached to this Certificate, and further, I acknowledge that Wells Fargo may under the terms of the Credit Agreement impose the Default Rate at any time during the resulting Default Period.

 



 

D.            Litigation Matters.  I certify that:

 

(Check one)

 

o                                    I have no knowledge of any material adverse change to the litigation exposure of Company or any of its Affiliates or of any Guarantor.

 

o                                    I have knowledge of material adverse changes to the litigation exposure of Company or any of its Affiliates or of any Guarantor not previously disclosed in Exhibit D, as more fully described in the statement of facts attached to this Certificate.

 

E.             Financial Covenants.  I further certify that:

 

(Check and complete each of the following)

 

1.             Minimum Earnings Before Taxes.  Pursuant to Section 8(a) of the Credit Agreement, Company’s Earnings Before Taxes for the fiscal year-to-date period ending on the Reporting Date, was $                          , which o  satisfies o  does not satisfy the requirement that such amount be not less than the applicable amount set forth in the table below (numbers appearing between “< >“ are negative) on the Reporting Date:

 

Period

 

Min. Earnings Before Taxes

 

Through December 31, 2010

 

$

0

 

Through March 31, 2011

 

$

0

 

Through June 30, 2011

 

$

250,000

 

Through September 30, 2011

 

$

750,000

 

Through December 31, 2011

 

$

1,000,000

 

 

2.             Minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio.  Pursuant to Section 8(a) of the Credit Agreement, as of the Reporting Date, Company’s Debt Service Coverage Ratio measured on a rolling twelve-month basis was              to 1.00, which o satisfies o does not satisfy the requirement that such ratio be not less than the applicable ratio set forth in the table below for such period as of the Reporting Date:

 

Period

 

Min. Debt Service
Coverage Ratio

 

Through December 31, 2010

 

1.20 to 1.00

 

Through March 31, 2011

 

0.80 to 1.00

 

Through June 30, 2011

 

0.80 to 1.00

 

Through September 30, 2011

 

0.90 to 1.00

 

Through December 31, 2011

 

1.10 to 1.00

 

 

3.             Capital Expenditures.  Pursuant to Section 0 of the Credit Agreement, for the year-to-date period ending on the Reporting Date, Company has expended or contracted to

 

E-2



 

expend during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 for Capital Expenditures, $                                 in the aggregate, which o satisfies o does not satisfy the requirement that such expenditures not exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate.

 

4.             Stop Loss.  Pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Credit Agreement, for the month ending on the Reporting Date, Company has suffered a Net Loss of $                            , which o satisfies o does not satisfy the requirement that Company suffer a Net Loss in any single month not in excess of $250,000.

 

5.             Due From Affiliate.  Pursuant to Section 5.6(d) of the Credit Agreement, as of the Reporting Date, Company has $                             in affiliate loans or advances due from Manufacturing & Assembly Solutions of Monterrey S DE RL DE CV, which o satisfies o does not satisfy the requirement that Company not have loans or advances to Manufacturing & Assembly Solutions of Monterrey S DE RL DE CV, in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,300,000 at any time.

 

6.             Salaries.  Company o has o has not paid excessive or unreasonable salaries, bonuses, commissions, consultant fees or other compensation to any Director, Officer or consultant, or any member of their families, as of the Reporting Date, and o has o has not paid any increase in such amounts (on a year over year basis, as of the Reporting Date) from any source other than profits earned in the year of payment, and as a consequence Company o is o is not in compliance with Section 5.8 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Attached are statements of all relevant facts and computations in reasonable detail sufficient to evidence Company’s compliance with the financial covenants referred to above, which computations were made in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Its Chief Financial Officer

 

E-3



EX-10.8 3 a2202512zex-10_8.htm EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

WINLAND ELECTRONICS, INC.

 

and

 

NORTECH SYSTEMS, INC.

 

Dated as of November 15, 2010

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

1

1.1

Certain Definitions

1

1.2

Other Terms

8

1.3

Other Definitional Provisions

8

ARTICLE 2 PURCHASE AND SALE

9

2.1

Purchase and Sale of Conveyed Assets and Assumption of Liabilities

9

2.2

Purchase Price

10

2.3

Working Capital Adjustment

10

2.4

Inventory Obligations

12

2.5

Allocation of Purchase Price

12

2.6

Closing; Delivery and Payment

12

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

14

3.1

Organization

14

3.2

Authority; Binding Effect

14

3.3

Noncontravention

15

3.4

Governmental Consents and Approvals

15

3.5

Financial Information; Books and Records

15

3.6

Absence of Certain Changes or Events

15

3.7

Litigation and Claims

16

3.8

Compliance with Laws

16

3.9

Material Contracts

16

3.10

Intellectual Property

17

3.11

Assets

17

3.12

Taxes

17

3.13

Employee Benefits

18

3.14

Brokers

19

3.15

Environmental Matters

19

ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

20

4.1

Organization and Qualification

20

4.2

Corporate Authorization

20

4.3

Binding Effect

20

4.4

Noncontravention

20

4.5

Consents and Approvals

21

4.6

Litigation and Claims

21

4.7

Financial Capability

21

4.8

Brokers

21

ARTICLE 5 COVENANTS

21

5.1

Access

21

5.2

Seller’s Conduct of Business

22

5.3

Purchaser’s Conduct of Business

22

5.4

Reasonable Best Efforts; Certain Governmental Matters

23

5.5

Employees

23

 

i



 

5.6

Further Assurances; Consents

24

5.7

Purchaser’s Investigation; No Additional Representations

24

5.8

Bulk Transfer Laws

25

5.9

Covenant-Not-To-Compete Agreement

25

5.10

Purchaser Lease Agreement

25

5.11

Seller Sublease Agreement

25

5.12

Manufacturing Agreement

25

5.13

Compliance with WARN, Etc.

25

5.14

Litigation Support

25

5.15

Tax Matters

26

5.16

Trademarks; Names

26

5.17

Post-Closing Reconciliation of Accounts

27

5.18

Payment of Assumed Liabilities

27

5.19

No Solicitation

27

ARTICLE 6 CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

28

6.1

Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser and Seller

28

6.2

Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser

28

6.3

Conditions to the Obligations of Seller

29

ARTICLE 7 SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION

29

7.1

Survival

29

7.2

Indemnification by Purchaser

29

7.3

Indemnification by Seller

30

7.4

Indemnification Procedures

30

7.5

Exclusive Remedy; Limitation of Remedy

31

7.6

Characterization of Indemnification Payments

31

7.7

Computation of Losses Subject to Indemnification

31

7.8

Limitations on Liability

31

7.9

Mitigation

32

7.10

Waiver of Conditions; Indemnity

32

ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION

32

8.1

Termination

32

8.2

Effect of Termination

32

ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS

33

9.1

Notices

33

9.2

Specific Performance

34

9.3

Amendment; Waiver

34

9.4

Assignment

34

9.5

Entire Agreement

34

9.6

Fulfillment of Obligations

34

9.7

Parties in Interest

34

9.8

Public Disclosure

34

9.9

Return of Information

35

9.10

Expenses

35

9.11

Schedules

35

9.12

Governing Law

35

9.13

Consent to Jurisdiction

35

 

ii



 

9.14

Waiver of Jury Trial

36

9.15

Counterparts

36

9.16

Headings

36

9.17

Severability

36

 

List of Schedules

 

1.1(a)

Excluded Names, Logo and Marks

1.1(b)

Other Excluded Assets

1.1(c)

Permitted Encumbrances

2.1(a)(i)

Equipment

2.1(a)(ii)

Assumed Contracts

2.1(a)(iii)

Inventory

2.1(a)(iv)

Accounts Receivable

2.1(c)

Assumed Liabilities

2.5

Allocation of Purchase Price

3.4

Required Governmental Consents

3.5

Financial Statements

3.6

Material Occurrences

3.7

Pending or Threatened Litigation

3.9

Material Contracts

3.10(a)

Intellectual Property

3.10(b)

Claims Against Intellectual Property

3.12

Taxes

3.13

Employee Benefit Plans

3.15

Environmental Matters

4.5

Purchaser Required Governmental Consents

4.6

Purchaser Pending or Threatened Litigation

5.5(e)

Current Employees

5.5(f)

Former Employees

 

List of Exhibits

 

A

Form of Bill of Sale

B

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement

C

Form of Seller’s Secretary’s Certificate

D

Form of Seller’s Officer’s Certificate

E

Form of Purchaser’s Secretary’s Certificate

F

Form of Purchaser’s Officer’s Certificate

G

Form of Covenant-Not-To-Compete Agreement

H

Purchaser Lease Agreement

I

Seller Sub1ease Agreement

J

Manufacturing Agreement

 

iii



 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of November 15, 2010 by and between Winland Electronics, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (“Seller”), and Nortech Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (“Purchaser”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, the Seller is engaged in the Business (as defined below) and owns the Conveyed Assets (as defined below); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire that the Seller shall sell and transfer to Purchaser and Purchaser shall purchase from the Seller all of the Conveyed Assets and assume all of the Assumed Liabilities (as defined below), upon the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals, which are hereby incorporated by reference herein, of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein, and subject to and on the terms and conditions herein set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

 

1.1           Certain Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth or as referenced below:

 

Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such Person specified.  The term “control” as used in the immediately preceding sentence, means the ownership of more than 50% of the shares of stock entitled to vote for the election of directors in the case of a corporation and more than 50% of the voting power in the case of a business entity other than a corporation.

 

Agreement” shall mean this Agreement, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, and all Exhibits and Schedules hereto.

 

Allocation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 hereof.

 

Alternative Proposal” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.19 hereof.

 

Assignment and Assumption Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(b)(ii) hereof.

 

Assumed Contracts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii) hereof.

 

1



 

Assumed Liabilities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c) hereof.

 

Benefit Plans” shall mean each “employee benefit plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), and each personnel policy, employee manual or other statement of rules or policies concerning employment, stock option plan, stock purchase plan, stock appreciation rights plan, collective bargaining agreement, bonus plan, incentive award plan, workers’ compensation, vacation and sick leave policy, fringe benefit plan, life, health, dental, vision, hospitalization or disability plan, severance pay plan, deferred compensation agreement, employment or consulting agreement, change in control arrangement, and other Contracts and commitments concerning employment.

 

Bill of Sale” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(b)(i) hereof.

 

Business” shall mean Seller’s Electronics Manufacturing Services (EMS) business in the manner conducted by Seller with the Conveyed Assets on the date hereof.  For clarification, the Business shall not include Seller’s proprietary monitoring device assets.

 

Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4 hereof.

 

Claim Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4 hereof.

 

Closing” shall mean the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a) hereof.

 

Code” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Confidentiality Agreement” shall mean that certain letter agreement regarding confidential materials, dated June 15, 2010 between Seller and Purchaser relating to the Business.

 

Conveyed Assets” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) hereof, it being understood that the Conveyed Assets do not include the Excluded Assets.

 

Covenant-Not-To Compete Agreements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.9 hereof.

 

Current Employees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a) hereof.

 

Disclosure Schedules” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to Article 3 hereof.

 

2



 

Employee” shall mean all individuals employed by the Business and listed on Schedule 5.5(e) hereto or hired or designated for the Business after the date of such Schedule, who, as of the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date are employed by the Business.

 

Environment” shall mean soil, land surface or subsurface strata, surface waters (including navigable waters and ocean waters), groundwaters, drinking water supply, stream sediments, ambient air (including indoor air), plan and animal life and any other environmental medium or natural resource.

 

Environmental, Health and Safety Liabilities” shall mean any cost, damages, expense, liability, obligation or other responsibility arising from or under any Environmental Law or Occupational Safety and Health Law, including those consisting of or relating to:

 

(a)              any environmental, health or safety matter or condition (including on-site or off-site contamination, occupational safety and health regulation of any chemical substance or product);

 

(b)              any fine, penalty, judgment, award, settlement, legal or administrative proceeding, damages, loss, claim, demand or response, remedial or inspection cost or expense arising under any Environmental Law or Occupational Safety and Health Law;

 

(c)              financial responsibility under any Environmental Law or Occupational Safety and Health Law for cleanup costs or corrective action, including any cleanup, removal, containment or other remediation or response actions (“Cleanup”) required by any Environmental Law or Occupational Safety and Health Law (whether or not such Cleanup has been required or requested by any Governmental Body or any other Person) and for any natural resources damages; or

 

(d)              any other compliance, corrective or remedial measure required under any Environmental Law or Occupational Safety and Health Law.

 

The terms “removal,” “remedial” and “response action” include the types of activities covered by the United States Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA).

 

Environmental Law” means any Legal Requirement that requires or relates to:

 

(a)              advising appropriate authorities, employees or the public of intended or actual releases of pollutants or hazardous substances or materials, violations of discharge limits or other prohibitions and the commencement of activities, such as resource extraction or construction, that could have a significant impact on the Environment;

 

(b)              preventing or reducing to acceptable levels the release of pollutants or hazardous characteristics of wastes that are generated;

 

(c)              reducing the quantities, preventing the release or minimizing the hazardous

 

3



 

characteristics of wastes that are generated;

 

(d)              assuring that products are designed, formulated, packaged and used so that they do not present unreasonable risks to human health or the Environment when used or disposed of;

 

(e)              protecting resources, species or ecological amenities;

 

(f)               reducing to acceptable levels the risks inherent in the transportation of hazardous substances, pollutants, oil or other potentially harmful substances;

 

(g)              cleaning up pollutants that have been Released, preventing the threat of release or paying the costs of such clean up or prevention; or

 

(h)              making responsible parties pay private parties, or groups of them, for damages done to their health or the Environment or permitting self-appointed representatives of the public interest to recover for injuries done to public assets.

 

Equipment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i) hereof.

 

ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that together with Seller would have been deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 4001(b) of ERISA at any time within the five-year period ending on the Closing Date.

 

Excluded Assets” shall mean, (i) all cash and cash equivalents, (ii) all losses, loss carryforwards and rights to receive refunds, credits and credit carryforwards with respect to any and all Taxes, to the extent attributable to a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, including, without limitation, interest thereon, (iii) its corporate books and records, (iv) all insurance recoveries due to it and relating to periods prior to the Closing Date, (v) except as expressly set forth herein, all assets of any of its employee benefit plans, (vi) the “Winland Electronics” name and logo and any and all rights to the trade names and trademarks listed on Schedule 1.1(a), (vii) stock, shares, units, interests and other ownership and/or equity or debt securities held by Seller in another entity, (viii) any and all assets not used exclusively in the Business, (ix) all assets to be retained by Seller but made available to Purchaser pursuant to the Purchaser Lease Agreement or other agreements hereunder, (x) all rights existing under all contracts to which Seller is a party, except for any Assumed Contracts, (xi) any Seller’s rights under or pursuant to this Agreement and agreements entered into pursuant to this Agreement, (xii) control of the attorney-client privilege with respect to Seller, (xii) any assets listed on Schedule 1.1(b) hereto, and (xiv) assets not specifically listed and identified on Schedule 2.1(a).

 

Excluded Liabilities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d) hereof.

 

Facility” shall mean Seller’s office and manufacturing facility and improvements located at 1950 Excel Drive, Mankato Minnesota, 56001.

 

4



 

Final Net Receivables” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c) hereof.

 

Financial Statements” shall mean the financial data set forth in Schedule 3.5 hereto.

 

Governmental Authority” shall mean any supranational, national, federal, state or local judicial, legislative, executive or regulatory authority.

 

Governmental Authorization” shall mean all licenses, permits, certificates and other authorizations and approvals required to carry on the Business as conducted as of the date of this Agreement under the applicable laws, ordinances or regulations of any Governmental Authority.

 

Governmental Order” shall mean any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority.

 

Hazardous Activity” shall mean the distribution, generation, handling, importing, management, manufacturing, processing, production, refinement, release, storage, transfer, transportation, treatment or use (including any withdrawal or other use of groundwater) of Hazardous Material in, on, under, about or from the Facility or any part thereof into the Environment and any other act, business, operation or thing that increases the danger, or risk of danger, or pose an unreasonable risk of harm, to persons or property on or off the Facility.

 

Hazardous Material” shall mean any substance, material or waste which is or will foreseeably be regulated by any Governmental Authority, including any material, substance or waste which is defined as “hazardous waste,” hazardous material,” hazardous substance,” “extremely hazardous waste,” “restricted hazardous waste,” containment,” “toxic waste” or “toxic substance” under any provision of Environmental Law, and including petroleum, petroleum products, asbestos, presumed asbestos-containing material or asbestos-containing material, urea formaldehyde and polychlorinated biphenyls.

 

Hired Employees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(b) hereof.

 

Income Tax” or “Income Taxes” shall mean all Taxes based upon, measured by, or calculated with respect to (i) gross or net income or gross or net receipts or profits (including, but not limited to, any capital gains, minimum taxes and any Taxes on items of tax preference, but not including sales, use, real or personal property transfer or other similar Taxes), (ii) multiple bases (including, but not limited to, corporate franchise, doing business or occupation Taxes) if one or more of the bases upon which such Tax may be based, measured by, or calculated with respect to is described in clause (i) above, or (iii) withholding taxes measured by, or calculated with respect to, distributions (other than wages).

 

Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(a) hereof.

 

Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4 hereof.

 

Independent Accounting Firm” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c) hereof.

 

5



 

Intellectual Property” shall mean patents, patent applications, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks, trade dress and copyrights.

 

Inventories” shall mean all inventory, including raw materials, packaging supplies, work-in-process or finished goods owned by Seller and used exclusively in the Business.

 

IRS” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service of the United States.

 

Key Employees  Thomas J. de Petra and Glenn Kermes.

 

Knowledge of Seller” shall mean, and shall be restricted to, the actual knowledge of only the Key Employees.

 

Laws” shall include any federal, state, foreign or local law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, injunction, judgment or decree.

 

Liabilities” shall mean any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable.

 

Liens” shall mean any lien, security interest, mortgage, charge or similar encumbrance.

 

Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 hereof.

 

Manufacturing Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.12 hereof.

 

Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any change or effect that has occurred prior to the date of determination of the occurrence of the Material Adverse Effect, that is materially adverse to the Business taken as a whole; provided, however, in no event shall any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, nor shall any adverse circumstance, change or effect arising out of any of the following be, a Material Adverse Effect: (i) any change or effect resulting from compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; (ii) any change or effect that results from changes affecting any of the industries in which the Business operates generally or the United States or worldwide economy generally; (iii) any natural disaster or any acts of terrorism, sabotage, military action or war (whether or not declared) or any escalation or worsening thereof; (iv) failure to meet internal forecasts or published financial projections, forecasts or revenue or earning predictions; (v) any change or effect resulting from the announcement or pendency of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including loss of any employees, customers, suppliers, partners or distributors; or (vi) any change, effect or development arising from or related to items listed on or set forth in a schedule referenced in connection with and setting forth disclosures and/or exceptions with respect to any of Seller’s representations or warranties herein.

 

Material Contracts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a) hereof.

 

6


 

Minimum Inventory Consumption Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b) hereof.

 

Net Receivables of the Business” shall mean in the aggregate, the accounts receivable of the Business less the accounts payable of the Business.

 

Net Receivables Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) hereof.

 

Notice of Disagreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) hereof.

 

Notice Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4 hereof.

 

Permits” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b) hereof.

 

Permitted Encumbrances” shall mean (i) all liens, security interests, mortgages, charges or encumbrances set forth on Schedule 1.1(c) hereto, (ii) statutory liens, charges or encumbrances arising out of operation of Law with respect to an Assumed Liability incurred in the ordinary course of business and which is not delinquent, (iii) such liens, charges or encumbrances and other imperfections of title as do not detract from the value or impair the use of the property subject thereto, or (iv) liens for Taxes not yet due or which are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

 

Person” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a trust or other entity or organization.

 

Purchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 hereof.

 

Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in the heading of this Agreement and shall include its Affiliates.

 

Purchaser Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(a) hereof.

 

Purchaser Lease Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.10 hereof.

 

Qualified Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(c) hereof.

 

Seller” shall have the meaning set forth in the heading of this Agreement.

 

Seller Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 hereof.

 

Seller Sublease Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.11 hereof.

 

Straddle Taxable Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.15(b) hereof.

 

7



 

Subsidiary” shall mean an entity as to which Seller or Purchaser or any other relevant entity, as the case may be, owns directly or indirectly fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power or other similar interests.

 

Target Net Receivables” shall mean the amount of Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000).

 

Tax” or “Taxes” shall mean all taxes, charges, duties, fees, levies or other assessments, including but not limited to, income, excise, property, sales, value added, profits, license, withholding (with respect to compensation or otherwise), payroll, employment, net worth, capital gains, transfer, stamp, social security, environmental, occupation and franchise taxes, imposed by any Governmental Authority, and including any interest, penalties and additions attributable thereto.

 

Tax Return” or “Tax Returns” shall mean any return, report, declaration, information return, statement or other document filed or required to be filed with any Governmental Authority in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of any Tax or the administration of any Laws relating to any Tax.

 

Treasury Regulations” means the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

 

WARN” shall mean the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act.

 

1.2           Other Terms.  Other terms may be defined elsewhere in the text of this Agreement and, unless otherwise indicated, shall have such meaning throughout this Agreement.

 

1.3           Other Definitional Provisions.

 

(a)           The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

 

(b)           The terms defined in the singular shall have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa.

 

(c)           The terms “dollars” and “$” shall mean United States dollars.

 

8



 

ARTICLE 2

PURCHASE AND SALE

 

2.1           Purchase and Sale of Conveyed Assets and Assumption of Liabilities

 

(a)           On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, at the Closing, Seller agrees to sell convey to Purchaser and Purchaser agrees to purchase, acquire and accept from Seller, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances and Liens created in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, all of the right, title and interest of Seller in and to the assets, properties and rights identified and listed on Schedule 2.1(a) for each of the categories set forth in the following clauses, as the same shall exist as of the Closing, but with the exception of the Excluded Assets (collectively, the “Conveyed Assets”):

 

(i) the furniture, equipment, machinery, supplies, personal property and other tangible property owned, leased or licensed by Seller set forth on Schedule 2.1(a)(i) (collectively, the “Equipment”);

 

(ii) the contracts, licenses, agreements and commitments set forth on Schedule 2.1(a)(ii) (“Assumed Contracts”);

 

(iii) the Inventories of the Business set forth on Schedule 2.1(a)(iii);

 

(iv) all billed and unbilled accounts receivable and all correspondence with respect thereto, including without limitation, all trade accounts receivable, notes receivable from customers, vendor credits and all other obligations from customers with respect to sales of services, whether or not evidenced by a note as set forth on Schedule 2.1(a)(iv);

 

(v) all rights of Seller under or pursuant to all warranties, representations and guaranties made by suppliers, manufacturers and contractors only to the extent relating to the Business or affecting the Conveyed Assets and only to the extent transferable;

 

(vi) all customer and vendor lists only to the extent relating to the Business, and all files and documents (including credit information) only to the extent relating to customers and vendors of the Business, and other business and financial records, files, books and documents (whether in hard copy or computer format) only to the extent relating to the Conveyed Assets or the Business; provided, however, that the Seller may redact any information not related to the Business therein; and

 

(vii) the goodwill and going concern value of the Business.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(b) and Section 5.6, Seller shall be required to transfer, assign or convey any of its interest in any Assumed Contract only to the extent that Seller has the right and ability to make such transfer and no action hereunder shall constitute an assignment thereof except to such extent.

 

9



 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in any other agreement described herein, all risk of loss or damage with respect to the Conveyed Assets shall pass to Purchaser and Purchaser’s Affiliates upon the Closing and Seller shall not be liable for any loss or injury to the Conveyed Assets thereafter.  Following the Closing, the Conveyed Assets shall not be insured by Seller against loss or injury however caused.  Where loss or injury occurs to Conveyed Assets, for which Seller is liable, Seller shall be responsible for the cost of removing and disposing of such Conveyed Assets and the cost of any clean up and remediation resulting from the loss or injury to the Conveyed Assets.

 

(c)           Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Purchaser agrees, effective at the Closing, to assume and agree to pay, and perform and discharge when due, all Liabilities of Seller set forth on Schedule 2.1(c) (collectively, the “Assumed Liabilities”).  Such Assumed Liabilities, which are the same Assumed Liabilities as were presented and disclosed to Purchaser on September 30, 2010, shall be paid, performed and discharged by Purchaser on the same terms as conditions as apply to Seller prior to the Closing Date.  Assumed Liabilities shall also include all lawsuits or other proceedings arising after the Closing to the extent resulting from the conduct of the Business or the ownership of the Conveyed Assets on, or after the Closing Date and all Liabilities arising from the development, manufacture, distribution or sale of any product of the Business on, or after the Closing Date, including warranty obligations.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or any other writing to the contrary, Purchaser is not assuming the following Liabilities of Seller with respect to the Business, and Seller shall be responsible for the satisfaction or discharge of such Liabilities (collectively, the “Excluded Liabilities”):  (i) Liabilities resulting from indebtedness for borrowed money; (ii) Liabilities for which Seller expressly has responsibility pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (iii) Liabilities associated with the Excluded Assets; and (iv) Liabilities to Employees with respect to periods prior to the Closing, except as provided herein.

 

2.2           Purchase Price.  In consideration of the sale and transfer of the Conveyed Assets, Purchaser shall pay to Seller at Closing, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollar ($1,500,000) in cash (the “Initial Payment”), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated by Seller, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) on July 1, 2011, and Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) on October 1, 2011 (the “Deferred Payments”), which shall be adjusted as described in Section 2.3 below and allocated among the Conveyed Assets as described in Section 2.5 below.  The Initial Payment and the Deferred Payments shall constitute the “Purchase Price.”

 

2.3           Net Receivables Adjustment.

 

(a)           Seller shall prepare a statement of the Net Receivables of the Business (the “Net Receivables Statement”) and will deliver a copy of the Net Receivables Statement to Purchaser at Closing.  The Net Receivables Statement, which will be unaudited, shall be prepared and the valuations therein made on a basis consistent with the calculation of the Target Net Receivables.  Purchaser shall assist Seller in the preparation of the Net Receivables

 

10



 

Statement.  If Purchaser agrees with the Net Receivables Statement, the Initial Payment shall be adjusted to the extent that the Net Receivables Statement is less than or greater than the Target Net Receivables.

 

(b)           If Purchaser disagrees with the Net Receivables Statement, Purchaser may, within ten (10) Business Days after its receipt of the Net Receivables Statement, deliver a written notice to Seller disagreeing with the Net Receivable Statement (a “Notice of Disagreement”).  Any such Notice of Disagreement shall specify those items or amounts as to which Purchaser disagrees, and Purchaser shall be deemed to have agreed with all other items and amounts contained in the Net Receivables Statement.

 

(c)           If a Notice of Disagreement shall be timely delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(b) above, the parties shall, during the ten (10) Business Days following such delivery (as such time period may be extended by the mutual agreement of the parties), use their reasonable best efforts to reach agreement on the disputed items.  If, during such period (or extension thereof), the parties are unable to reach agreement, KPMG LLP (the “Independent Accounting Firm”) shall promptly review this Agreement and the disputed items or amounts.  In connection therewith, the Independent Accounting Firm shall consider only those items or amounts in the applicable Net Receivables Statement as to which Purchaser has disagreed.  The Independent Accounting Firm shall deliver to Seller and Purchaser, as promptly as possible, a report prepared and the valuations therein made on a basis consistent with the calculation of the Target Net Receivables and shall set forth therein its adjustments, if any, to the applicable Net Receivables Statement and the calculations supporting such adjustments.  Such report shall be final and binding on the parties.  The cost of such review and report shall be borne by Seller and Purchaser in inverse proportion as they may prevail on matters resolved by the Independent Accounting Firm, which proportionate allocation also shall be determined by the Independent Accounting Firm at the time such report is rendered by the Independent Accounting Firm.  As used herein, “Final Net Receivables” shall mean (i) if no Notice of Disagreement is delivered by Seller within the period provided in Section 2.3(b) above, the Net Receivables of the Business as shown in the Net Receivables Statement as prepared pursuant to Section 2.3(a), or (ii) if such a Notice of Disagreement is delivered by Seller, either (A) the Net Receivables of the Business as agreed to in writing by Seller and Purchaser or (B) the Net Receivables of the Business as shown in the Independent Accounting Firm’s calculation delivered pursuant to this Section 2.3(c).

 

(d)           Following the determination of the Final Net Receivables (i) in the event the Final Net Receivables is less than the Target Net Receivables, then Seller shall pay to Purchaser or Purchaser may deduct from the Deferred Payments, as an adjustment to the Purchase Price, the amount of such deficiency, and (ii) in the event the Final Net Receivables is greater than the Target Net Receivables, then Purchaser shall pay to Seller, as an adjustment to the Purchase Price, the amount of such surplus.  Any payments required pursuant to this Section 2.3(d) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated by Seller or Purchaser, as applicable, on or before the fifth (5th) Business Day following the date on which the Final Net Receivables was determined pursuant to Section 2.3(c) above.

 

11



 

(e)           Purchaser shall make commercially reasonable efforts to collect the acquired receivable.  To the extent that Purchaser is unable to collect any receivables, the amount of such uncollectible receivables shall be deducted from the Deferred Payments, and such receivables shall be reassigned to Seller.

 

2.4           Inventory Obligations.

 

(a)           Purchaser agrees to purchase Inventory, as it is consumed by Purchaser, from Seller for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the Closing Date.  Purchaser will purchase Inventory from Seller pursuant to Purchaser’s normal purchasing cycles and will give Seller a detailed report of such Inventory purchases to date on the first day of each month after the Closing;

 

(b)           The Inventory consumed by Purchaser from Seller as set forth in Section 2.4(a), shall be subject to a minimum consumption total by Purchaser of at least Two Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,200,000) (the “Minimum Inventory Consumption Amount”);

 

(c)           Until the Minimum Inventory Consumption Amount is reached, Purchaser shall consume the Inventory from Seller on a first priority basis before it looks to third parties for Inventory.  After the  Minimum Inventory Consumption Amount is reached, Purchaser shall not be obligated to purchase additional Inventory from Seller; and

 

(d)           If any Inventory is not consumed by Purchaser within the twenty-four (24) month period after the Closing Date, at Seller’s option, the Inventory will be returned to Seller or Seller will give Purchaser disposition instructions for the remaining Inventory.  Purchaser shall execute such disposition instructions and remit to Seller any funds received from the disposition of the remaining Inventory, after deducting its reasonable expenses.

 

2.5           Allocation of Purchase Price.  As of the Closing Date, Seller and Purchaser shall have agreed to the allocation of the Purchase Price among the Conveyed Assets as set forth in Schedule 2.5 (the “Allocation”).  Seller on the one hand and Purchaser on the other shall (a) be bound by the Allocation for purposes of determining any Taxes, (b) prepare and file, and cause its Affiliates to prepare and file, its Tax Returns on a basis consistent with the Allocation, and (c) take no position, and cause its Affiliates to take no position, inconsistent with the Allocation on any applicable Tax Return or in any proceeding before any taxing authority or otherwise.  In the event that the Allocation is disputed by any taxing authority, the party receiving notice of the dispute shall promptly notify the other party hereto concerning resolution of the dispute.  Seller and Purchaser acknowledge that the Allocation was done at arm’s length based upon a good faith estimate of fair market values.

 

2.6           Closing; Delivery and Payment.

 

(a)           The Closing shall take place at the offices of Fredrikson & Byron, P.A. in Minneapolis, Minnesota at 10:00 A.M., Central time, on the later of January 1, 2011 or the third (3rd) Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified in

 

12



 

Article 6, or at such other times and places as the parties hereto may mutually agree.  The “Closing Date” shall be January 1, 2011.  The Closing shall be deemed to occur and be effective as of 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date.

 

(b)           At the Closing, Seller, deliver to Purchaser:

 

(i)            a bill of sale for the Conveyed Assets that are tangible personal property, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Bill of Sale”), executed by Seller;

 

(ii)           an assignment agreement for the Conveyed Assets that are intangible personal property, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, which assignment shall also contain Purchaser’s undertaking and assumption of the Assumed Liabilities (the “Assignment and Assumption Agreement”), executed by Seller;

 

(iii)          the Secretary’s Certificate, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, dated the Closing Date and signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Seller;

 

(iv)          the Officer’s Certificate, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, dated the Closing Date and signed by a duly authorized officer of Seller;

 

(v)           the Covenant-Not-To-Compete Agreements, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, executed by Seller and each Key Employee;

 

(vi)          the Purchaser Lease Agreement, as attached hereto as Exhibit H, executed by Seller;

 

(vii)         the Seller Sublease Agreement, as attached hereto as Exhibit I, executed by Seller;

 

(viii)        the Manufacturing Agreement, as attached hereto as Exhibit J, executed By Seller;

 

(ix)           copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of Seller authorizing and approving the transactions contemplated herein;

 

(x)            a certification of Seller that the Seller’s shareholders have authorized and approved the transactions contemplated herein; and

 

(xi)           such other instruments and documents that may be reasonably requested or required by Purchaser to consummate the transfer of the Conveyed Assets and assignment and assumption of the Assumed Liabilities pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)           At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver to Seller:

 

(i)            the Purchase Price by wire transfer in immediately available funds to one or more accounts specified in writing by Seller on or prior to the Closing Date;

 

13



 

(ii)           the certificate referred to in Section 6.3(a) hereof;

 

(iii)          the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, as attached hereto as Exhibit B executed by Purchaser;

 

(iv)          the Secretary’s Certificate, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E, dated the Closing Date and signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Purchaser;

 

(v)           the Officer’s Certificate, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F, dated the Closing Date and signed by a duly authorized officer of Purchaser;

 

(vi)          the Purchaser Lease Agreement, as attached hereto as Exhibit H, executed by Seller;

 

(vii)         the Seller Sublease Agreement, as attached hereto as Exhibit I, executed by Seller;

 

(viii)        the Manufacturing Agreement, as attached hereto as Exhibit J, executed By Seller;

 

(ix)           copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of Purchaser authorizing and approving the transactions contemplated herein; and

 

(x)            such other instruments and documents that may be reasonably requested or required by Seller to consummate the transfer of the Conveyed Assets and assignment and assumption of the Assumed Liabilities pursuant to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

 

Seller hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser that the statements contained in this Article 3 are true, correct and complete, subject to and except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Article 3 or in Seller’s Disclosure Schedules attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the “Disclosure Schedules”), as of the date hereof.

 

3.1           Organization.  Seller is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization.

 

3.2           Authority; Binding Effect.

 

(a)           Seller has full organizational power and organizational authority to carry on its business as is now being conducted and to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by Seller of its obligations hereunder, have been duly authorized by all requisite

 

14



 

corporate or organizational action, and no other corporate proceedings are required in connection with its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

 

(b)           This Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles.

 

3.3           Noncontravention.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby does not and will not (a) violate any provision of its articles of incorporation, bylaws or other comparable organizational documents, (b) conflict with, or result in the breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the termination, cancellation or acceleration (whether after the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both) of any right or obligation of Seller with respect to the Business under, any agreement, contract, understanding, or other instrument to which Seller is a party or to which its material assets are subject, (c) assuming compliance with the matters set forth in Sections 3.4 and 4.5, violate or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any Law or other restriction of any court or Governmental Authority to which Seller is subject, including any Governmental Authorization, or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien, other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

3.4           Governmental Consents and Approvals.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedules, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller does not require any consent or approval of any Governmental Authority.

 

3.5           Financial Information; Books and Records.  The Financial Statements as set forth on Schedule 3.5 are complete and correct in all material respects according to the books of Seller, have been recorded in accordance with Seller’s policies and procedures, consistently applied, and present fairly, in accordance with such policies and procedures, the results of operations of the Business in all material respects for the periods covered thereby.  The accounts receivable of the Business reflected in the Financial Statements arose in the ordinary course of business from bona fide transactions.  The Inventories reflected in the Financial Statements consist of materials, work in progress and finished goods, valued consistent with Seller’s accounting policies used in the Business.  Seller has no liabilities except for liabilities reflected or reserved on the balance sheet of the Financial Statements and liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the Financial Statements.

 

3.6           Absence of Certain Changes or Events.  To the Knowledge of Seller, except to the extent arising out of transactions contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth in Schedule 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedules, since the date of the latest Financial Statements, the Business has been conducted in the ordinary course consistent with recent trends and performance as reflected in the Financial Statements for the first two fiscal quarters of 2010 and the Business has not suffered a Material Adverse Effect.

 

15



 

3.7           Litigation and ClaimsSchedule 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true, correct and complete list of every civil, criminal or administrative action, suit, hearing, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened in writing against Seller with respect to the Business or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.8           Compliance with Laws.

 

(a)           There are, and during the two (2) years preceding the date of this Agreement, there have been, no violations by Seller of applicable Laws or Governmental Orders that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)           Seller possesses all permits, licenses, authorizations, certificates, exemptions and approvals of Governmental Authorities (collectively, “Permits”) necessary for the conduct of the Business as it is currently conducted, and all such Permits are being complied with by Seller, except for such failures to possess or comply with that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.9           Material Contracts.

 

(a)           Schedule 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedules lists each of the following contracts and agreements of Seller used exclusively in the Business (such contracts and agreements being “Material Contracts”):

 

(i)            each contract, agreement and other arrangement for the purchase of Inventories, or other personal property with any supplier or for the furnishing of services to the Business extending beyond twelve (12) months or the terms of which provide for purchases thereunder in excess of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) on an annual basis;

 

(ii)           each contract, agreement and other arrangement for the sale of Inventories or other personal property or for the furnishing of services by the Business with firm commitments in excess of one year from the date of this Agreement;

 

(iii)          all broker, distributor, dealer, manufacturer’s representative, franchise and agency agreements related to the Business;

 

(iv)          all contracts and agreements relating to indebtedness for borrowed money, factoring arrangements, sale and leaseback transactions, deferred purchase price of property and other similar financing transactions relating to the Business with respect to which Seller is an obligor;

 

(v)           all patent and technology licenses and trademark licenses and agreements, and research and development agreements relating to the Business; and

 

(vi)          all agreements entered into since January 1, 2010 providing for the acquisition or disposition of any Conveyed Assets outside of the ordinary course of business.

 

16


 

(b)           (i) each Material Contract is valid and binding on Seller, and to the Knowledge of Seller, the other party thereto, and is in full force and effect, (ii) each Material Contract by its terms does not prohibit or in any way restrict or penalize assignment to Purchaser, and (iii) Seller is not in breach of, or default under, any such Material Contract, which breach or default would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.10         Intellectual Property.

 

(a)           Schedule 3.10(a) sets forth a list, as of the date hereof, of all material patents, patent applications, trademark applications, trademark registrations, copyright applications and copyright registrations that are owned by Seller, or for which Seller has a belief that it has an ownership interest in.

 

(b)           Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.10(b), with respect to the Business: (i) Seller has title or an ownership interest in the patents and trademarks, (ii) Seller’s intellectual property counsel has not received any unresolved material written claim in the last four (4) years from any third party charging Seller with infringement of any Intellectual Property in connection with Seller’s conduct of the Business.

 

3.11         Assets.

 

(a)           Seller owns, leases or has the legal right to use all of its Conveyed Assets.  Seller has good and marketable title to (or in the case of leased Conveyed Assets, valid leasehold interests in) all its Conveyed Assets except for Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(b)           To the Knowledge of Seller, assuming sufficient liquidity is available to Purchaser, and a sufficient workforce of Employees continues employment with Purchaser following the Closing, the Conveyed Assets (with the Excluded Assets and the Excluded Liabilities), as of the date hereof and those assets used by the Business that are to be retained by Seller but made available to Purchaser pursuant to the Purchaser Lease Agreement (assuming performance by Purchaser under such agreements) constitute all the properties, assets and rights sufficient to conduct the Business immediately at the effectiveness of the Closing in all material respects as conducted as of the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that this Section 3.11(b) is not intended to provide, and does not provide, any representations or warranties regarding (i) any future results or success of the Business following the Closing, (ii) any anticipated or actual future operating or financial performance of the Business and/or the Purchaser following the Closing, (iii) the availability or sufficiency of any insurance for the benefit of the Business and/or (iv) the sufficiency of the Conveyed Assets for any period following the effectiveness of the Closing.

 

3.12         Taxes.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedules, (a) all material Tax Returns that are required to be filed on or before the date hereof by or on behalf of Seller with respect to the Business or the Conveyed Assets have been filed, (b) all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Returns have been paid and (c) all Tax Returns are true, correct and complete.  There are no Tax Liens upon any of the assets of the Business, except for Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or being contested in good faith.  Except as set forth on

 

17



 

Schedule 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedules, no Tax Return that includes Seller with respect to the Business or the Conveyed Assets is currently being examined by any taxing authority, and there are no outstanding agreements or waivers extending the statute of limitations applicable to any such Tax Return.  Except as expressly set forth in Section 3.13, this Section 3.12 constitutes all of Seller’s representations and warranties with respect to Taxes and no other representation or warranty in this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted to apply to any matter relating to Taxes.

 

3.13         Employee Benefits.

 

(a)           Schedule 3.13 sets forth a list of each of the Plans in effect as of the date hereof.

 

(b)           To the Knowledge of Seller, with respect to the Business, neither Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any material liability under, arising out of or by operation of Title IV of ERISA.  To the Knowledge of Seller, no complete or partial termination has occurred within the five years preceding the date hereof with respect to any Plan.

 

(c)           Each of the Plans intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Code (“Qualified Plans”) has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS that such plan is so qualified, and to the Knowledge of Seller, since the date of such IRS determination, nothing has occurred with respect to the operation of any such plan that, either individually or in the aggregate, would likely cause the loss of such qualification.

 

(d)           To the Knowledge of Seller, all material contributions and premiums required by Law or by the terms of any Plan or any agreement relating thereto have been timely made and to the Knowledge of Seller, no material accumulated funding deficiencies exist in any of the Plans subject to Section 412 of the Code.

 

(e)           To the Knowledge of Seller, there has been no “reportable event” as that term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder with respect to any of the Plans subject to Title IV of ERISA that would require the giving of notice, or any event requiring notice to be provided under Section 4063(a) of ERISA.

 

(f)            To the Knowledge of Seller, there has occurred no violation of ERISA with respect to the filing of applicable returns, reports, documents and notices regarding any of the Plans with the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of the Treasury or the furnishing of such notices or documents to the participants or beneficiaries of the Plans, which violations, either individually or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)           Complete and correct copies of the following documents, with respect to each of the Plans (as applicable), have been delivered to Purchaser or will be delivered as soon as practicable following the Closing Date:  (i) the most recent IRS determination letter; and (ii) the most recent summary plan description.

 

18



 

(h)           To the Knowledge of Seller, each of the Plans and its administration is, and, since its inception, has been maintained, in all material respects, in compliance with its terms and all provisions of applicable Laws.

 

3.14         Brokers.  Other than Lincoln International LLC, no broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Seller.

 

3.15         Environmental Matters.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.15:

 

(a)           Seller is, and at all times has been, in full compliance with, and has not been and is not in violation or liable under, any Environmental Law.  Seller has not received and to the Knowledge of Seller, there is no actual or threatened order, notice or other communication from (i) any Governmental Authority or private citizen acting in the public interest or (ii) the current or prior owner or operator of the Facility, of any actual or potential violation or failure to comply with any Environmental Law, or of any actual or threatened obligation to undertake or bear the cost of any Environmental, Health and Safety Liabilities with respect to the Facility or other property or asset (whether real, personal or mixed) in which Seller has or had an interest, or with respect to any property or facility at or which Hazardous Materials were generated, manufactured, refined, transferred, imported, used or processed by Seller, or from which Hazardous Materials have been transported, treated, stored, handled, transferred, disposed, recycled or received.

 

(b)           There are no pending, or to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened claims, encumbrances, or other restrictions of any nature resulting from any Environmental, Health and Safety Liabilities or arising under or pursuant to any Environmental Law with respect to or affecting the Facility or arising or pursuant to any Environmental Law with respect to or affecting the Facility or any property or asset (whether real, personal or mixed) in which Seller has or had an interest.

 

(c)           To the Knowledge of Seller, Seller has no basis to expect, any citation, directive, inquiry, notice, order, summons, warning or other communication that relates to Hazardous Materials, or of any alleged, actual, or potential violation or failure to comply with any Environmental Law, or of any alleged, actual or potential obligation to undertake or bear the cost of any Environmental, Health and Safety Liabilities with respect to the Facility or property or asset (whether real, personal or mixed) in which Seller has or had an interest, or with respect to any property or facility to which Hazardous Materials generated, manufactured, refined, transferred, imported, used or processed by Seller have been transported, treated, stored, hauled, transferred, disposed, recycled or received.

 

(d)           Seller has no Environmental, Health and Safety Liabilities with respect to the Facility or, to the Knowledge of Seller, with respect to any other property or asset (whether real, personal or mixed) in which Seller (or any predecessor) has or had an interest.

 

19



 

(e)           There are no Hazardous Materials present on or in the Environment at the Facility, including any Hazardous Materials contained in barrels, aboveground or underground storage tanks, landfills, land deposits, dumps, equipment (whether movable or fixed) or other containers, either temporary or permanent, and deposited or located in land, water, sumps, or any other part of the Facility, or incorporated into any structure therein or thereon.  Seller has not permitted or conducted, or is aware of, any Hazardous Activity conducted with respect to the Facility or any other property or asset (whether real, personal or mixed) in which Seller has or had an interest except in full compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.

 

(f)            There has been no release or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threat of release, of any Hazardous Material at or from the Facility or at any other location where any Hazardous Materials were generated, manufactured, refined, transferred, produced, imported, used, or processed from or by the Facility, or from any other property or asset (whether real, personal or mixed) in which Seller has or had an interest.

 

(g)           Seller has delivered by Buyer true and complete copies and results of any reports, studies, analyses, tests, or monitoring possessed or initiated by Seller pertaining to Hazardous Materials or Hazardous Activities in, on, or under the Facility, or concerning compliance, by Seller, with Environmental Laws.

 

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

 

Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to Seller that the statements contained in this Article 4 are true, correct and complete, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Article 4 or in the referenced schedules attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, as of the date hereof.

 

4.1           Organization and Qualification.  Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

4.2           Corporate Authorization.  Purchaser has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, and to perform its obligations hereunder.  The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of Purchaser and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Purchaser are required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement.

 

4.3           Binding Effect.  This Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles.

 

4.4           Noncontravention.  The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, do not and will not

 

20



 

(a) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of Purchaser, or (b) assuming compliance with the matters set forth in Sections 3.4 and 4.5, violate or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any Law or other restriction of any court or Governmental Authority to which Purchaser is subject, including any Governmental Authorization.

 

4.5           Consents and Approvals.  Other than as set forth in Schedule 4.5, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Purchaser do not and will not, require any material consent or approval of any Governmental Authority.

 

4.6           Litigation and Claims.   Schedule 4.6 sets forth a true, correct and complete list of every civil, criminal or administrative action, suit, hearing, proceeding or investigation pending or threatened against Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect on Purchaser.

 

4.7           Financial Capability.  Purchaser (a) currently has and will have at the Closing all funds or financing commitments sufficient to consummate the Closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the payment of the Purchase Price and the payment of any fees and expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the financing thereof, and (b) will have sufficient liquid assets and funds to satisfy its post-closing obligations under this Agreement and the other documents and agreements contemplated herein, and the payment of any fees and expenses in connection therewith.

 

4.8           Brokers.  No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Purchaser or its Affiliates, and in no way will any such fees or expenses be deemed an Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability.

 

ARTICLE 5

COVENANTS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS

 

5.1           Access.

 

(a)           Prior to the Closing, Seller shall permit Purchaser and its representatives to have access, during regular business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, to the assets, customers, the employees listed on Schedule 5.5(e), books and records of Seller relating only to the Business, and shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to Purchaser, such financial, tax and operating data and other available information with respect to the Business as Purchaser shall from time to time reasonably request.

 

(b)           All information provided to Purchaser by or on behalf of Seller or in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby will be held by Purchaser and its Affiliates, agents and representatives as Confidential Information, as defined in, and pursuant to the terms of, the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

21



 

5.2           Seller’s Conduct of Business.  During the period from the date hereof to the Closing, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or as Purchaser shall otherwise consent in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, Seller agrees that it will conduct the Business, and will cause the Business to be conducted, in the ordinary and usual course consistent with past practice (including as reflected in the Financial Statements for the first two fiscal quarters of 2010).  During the period from the date hereof to the Closing, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, or as Purchaser shall otherwise consent in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and except as may be necessary with respect to the Excluded Assets, Seller covenants and agrees that it shall, with respect to the Business:

 

(a)           not incur, create or assume any Lien with respect to any Conveyed Asset other than Permitted Encumbrances;

 

(b)           not amend any term of, or waive any right under, any Assumed Contract, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(c)           not enter into, terminate, amend or modify any agreements, commitments or contracts that would come within the definition of Material Contract, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; and

 

(d)           not agree to take any of the foregoing actions.

 

5.3           Purchaser’s Conduct of Business. During the period from the date hereof to the Closing, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, or as Seller otherwise agrees in writing in advance, Purchaser shall not, directly or indirectly, take, authorize or enter into any agreement or commitment to take any of the following actions:

 

(a)           amend any of the organizational documents of Purchaser in a manner that could be reasonably likely to prevent, delay or materially impair the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(b)           adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or authorize or undertake a dissolution, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization that could be reasonably likely to prevent, delay or materially impair the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(c)           acquire (by merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof or any equity interest therein if such acquisition could be reasonably likely to prevent, delay or materially impair the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(d)           knowingly do any other act which would cause any representation or warranty of Purchaser in this Agreement to be or become untrue in any material respect or

 

22



 

knowingly omit to take any action necessary to prevent any such representation or warranty from being untrue in any material respect at such time; and

 

(e)           agree to take any of the foregoing actions.

 

5.4           Reasonable Best Efforts; Certain Governmental Matters.  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein provided, each of the parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) to comply promptly with all legal requirements that may be imposed on it with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (which actions shall include, without limitation, furnishing all information required by applicable Law in connection with approvals of or filings with any Governmental Authority), (ii) to satisfy the conditions precedent to the obligations of such party hereto, (iii) to obtain any consent, authorization, order or approval of, or any exemption by, any Governmental Authority or other public or private third party required to be obtained or made by Purchaser or Seller in connection with the acquisition of the Conveyed Assets or the taking of any action contemplated by this Agreement, (iv) to effect all necessary registrations and filings, and (v) to take any action reasonably necessary to vigorously defend, lift, mitigate, rescind the effect of any litigation or administrative proceeding adversely affecting the acquisition of the Conveyed Assets or this Agreement, including promptly appealing any adverse court or administrative decision.

 

5.5           Employees.

 

(a)           At Closing, Seller shall terminate all of its employees.  Purchaser shall not be obligated to hire any of Seller’s former employees.  As of the Closing, Purchaser may offer employment to Seller’s former employees regularly employed in the Business (“Current Employees”).  Seller shall provide Purchaser with access to the Current Employees no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the Closing Date to discuss employment matters.  Any offers of employment will be contingent upon the Closing and satisfaction by those Current Employees receiving employment offers of Purchaser’s normal employment standards and required training. Current Employees who accept offers of employment from Purchaser are hereinafter referred to as “Hired Employees”;

 

(b)           Seller represents that it has obtained Forms I-9 from all of its Current Employees as required by law prior to Closing;

 

(c)           Seller shall pay all Employees for or make provision for all work performed as employees through the Closing Date and for all vacation earned or accrued and not taken before the Closing Date, and shall otherwise discharge all of its obligations to its Employees, including its obligations to such Employees under the Benefit Plans.  Purchaser shall have no Liability for any wages, vacation pay, sick pay, pension, sales or management incentives or bonuses, profit sharing, welfare or other benefit owed to any Employee that relates to service as an Employee prior to the Closing Date, except as provided in this Section 5.5;

 

23



 

(d)           Seller shall be liable for all costs compensable under any applicable Workers’ Compensation law attributable to any illness of or injury to an Employee arising prior to the Closing Date.  Purchaser shall be liable for all costs compensable under any applicable Workers’ Compensation law attributable to any illness of or injury to any Hired Employee arising on or after the Closing Date;

 

(e)           Schedule 5.5(e) contains a complete and accurate list of the following information for each employee, director, independent contractor, consultant and agent of Seller, including each employee on leave of absence or layoff status: employer; name; job title; date of hiring or engagement; date of commencement of employment or engagement; current compensation paid or payable and any change in compensation since January 1, 2010; sick and vacation leave that is accrued but unused; and service credited for purposes of vesting and eligibility to participate under any Benefits Plan, or any other employee or director benefit plan;

 

(f)            Schedule 5.5(f) states the number of employees terminated by Seller since January 1 2010, and contains a complete and accurate list of the following information for each employee of Seller who has been terminated or laid off, or whose hours of work have been reduced by more than fifty percent (50%) by Seller, in the six (6) months prior to the date of this Agreement: (i) the date of such termination, layoff or reduction in hours; (ii) the reason for such termination, layoff or reduction in hours; and (iii) the location to which the employee was assigned.

 

5.6           Further Assurances; Consents.  Subject and in addition to Section 2.1(b), at any time after the Closing Date, Seller shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any further deeds, assignments, conveyances and other assurances and documents and instruments of transfer reasonably requested by Purchaser and necessary for Seller to comply with its covenants contained herein and, at Purchaser’s expense, will take any action consistent with the terms of this Agreement that may reasonably be requested by Purchaser for the purpose of assigning, transferring, granting, conveying, vesting and confirming ownership in or to Purchaser, or reducing to Purchaser’s possession, any or all of the Conveyed Assets.

 

5.7           Purchaser’s Investigation; No Additional Representations.  Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that, except as specifically set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement, Seller has not made and shall have no Liability for any representation or warranty, express or implied, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, any representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding the Business or the Conveyed Assets furnished to Purchaser or its representatives in connection with Purchaser’s due diligence review of the Business or the Conveyed Assets.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as specifically set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement, neither Purchaser nor any Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall have any claim or right to recovery pursuant to Article 7 or otherwise, and none of Seller, the Seller Indemnified Parties or any other person shall have or be subject to any liability to Purchaser, any of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties or any other person, with respect to (i) any information, documents or materials furnished, delivered or made available by Seller or its officers, directors, employees, agents or advisors to Purchaser or its Affiliates, in certain “data rooms,” management presentations or any other form in contemplation of the transactions contemplated hereby,

 

24



 

including, without limitation, the confidential memoranda and/or other information prepared or delivered by Seller and any of its advisors, or (ii) any projections, forecasts, estimates, plans or budgets of future revenue, expenses or expenditures, future results of operations (or any component thereof), future cash flows (or any component thereof) or future financial condition (or any component thereof) of the Business or the future business, operations or affairs of the Business heretofore or hereafter delivered to or made available to Purchaser or its representatives or Affiliates.

 

5.8           Bulk Transfer Laws.  Purchaser acknowledges that Seller has not taken, and do not intend to take, any action required to comply with any applicable bulk sale or bulk transfer Laws or similar Laws and Purchaser waives Seller’s compliance with such Laws.

 

5.9           Covenant-Not-To-Compete Agreement.  At the Closing, Purchaser, the Key Employees and Seller shall enter into, execute and deliver a covenant-not-to-compete agreement relating to the Business in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit G (the “Covenant-Not-To-Compete Agreement”).

 

5.10         Purchaser Lease Agreement.  At the Closing, Purchaser and Seller shall enter into, execute and deliver the Purchaser a six year lease agreement in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit H (the “Purchaser Lease Agreement”).

 

5.11         Seller Sublease Agreement.  At the Closing, Purchaser and Seller shall enter into, execute and deliver the Seller a one year lease agreement in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit I (the “Seller Sublease Agreement”).

 

5.12         Manufacturing Agreement.  At the Closing, Purchaser and Seller shall enter into, execute and deliver the manufacturing agreement for Purchaser to be the exclusive supplier on Seller’s proprietary monitoring devices in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit J (the “Manufacturing Agreement”).

 

5.13         Compliance with WARN, Etc.  With respect to WARN or other similar statutes or regulations of any jurisdiction, if any are available, Seller will timely give any notices if required to be given thereunder.

 

5.14         Litigation Support.  Purchaser and its Affiliates on the one hand and Seller on the other hand will cooperate with each other in the defense or settlement of any lawsuit involving the Business for which they have responsibility by providing the other party and such other party’s legal counsel and other Persons reasonable access to employees, records, documents, data, equipment, facilities, products, parts, prototypes and other information regarding the Business and its products as such other party may request, to the extent maintained or under the possession or control of the requested party.  The requesting party shall reimburse the other party for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses paid to third parties in performing its obligations under this Section 5.14.  Seller shall keep Purchaser informed of the status of the pendency of the lawsuits involving the Business for which it has responsibility under this Agreement, will advise Purchaser of material issues involved in the litigation and will use its reasonable best efforts to seek a confidentiality agreement with respect to any settlements of such lawsuits.  For so long as

 

25



 

any lawsuits involving the Business for which any Seller has responsibility remain outstanding, Purchaser will advise Seller of material issues involved in the lawsuits involving the Business for which Seller has responsibility and will use its reasonable best efforts to seek a confidentiality agreement with respect to any settlements of such lawsuits.

 

5.15         Tax Matters.

 

(a)           Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, all transfer, documentary, recording, sales, use, registration, stamp and other similar Taxes (including all applicable real estate transfer Taxes, but excluding any Taxes based on or attributable to income or capital gains) together with any notarial and registry fees and recording costs imposed by any Tax authority or other Governmental Authority in connection with the transfer of the Conveyed Assets will be shared equally by Purchaser and Seller, regardless of what Person is obligated to pay such Taxes under applicable Law.  The parties and their respective Affiliates will cooperate in timely preparing and filing all Tax Returns that may be required to comply with Law relating to such Taxes.  To the extent that one party claims any exemptions from any such Taxes (it being understood that each party shall claim any such exemptions available to it), such party shall provide to the other party the appropriate exemption certificates.

 

(b)           The parties will make payments to each other to the extent necessary so that Seller shall bear the cost of personal property and other similar Taxes imposed on the Conveyed Assets which are due and payable during the Tax periods ending prior to or on the Closing Date (and, with respect to any Straddle Taxable Period, on a per diem basis up to and including the Closing Date) and Purchaser shall bear the cost of real property, personal property, and other similar Taxes imposed on the Conveyed Assets which are due and payable during Tax periods ending after the Closing Date (and, with respect to any Straddle Taxable Period, on a per diem basis following the Closing Date), such payments to be made as soon as practicable after the Closing in each case after the amount of such Taxes has been determined.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Straddle Taxable Period” means any Taxable period beginning before the Closing Date and ending on or after the Closing Date.

 

(c)           Each of the parties shall provide the other party with such information and records and make such of its officers, directors, employees and agents available as may reasonably be requested by such other party in connection with the preparation of any Tax Return or any audit or other proceeding that relates to the Conveyed Assets.

 

5.16         Trademarks; Names.  From and after the Closing, Purchaser shall not, and shall ensure that its employees and representatives do not, represent itself or themselves as Seller or as employees or representatives of Seller.  Purchaser shall take appropriate action to (a) remove, cease to use and/or cover the “Winland Electronics” name and logo, and those certain names and marks listed on Schedule 3.10(a) hereto, from all materials (including invoices, packaging and other promotional material), signage, telephone listings, letterhead, and other similar materials and documentation used in connection with the Business, and (b) redesign and reformat any internet or website content used in connection with the Business to avoid any similarity or basis for confusion with Seller’s internet and website content.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for a

 

26



 

period of three months following the Closing (or longer with Seller’s consent), Purchaser may continue to use packaging and other written promotional material included in the Conveyed Assets and existing as of the Closing in connection with the sale of finished goods Inventories, and Seller hereby grants to Purchaser a limited trademark license solely to the extent required for such use during such three-month period.

 

5.17         Post-Closing Reconciliation of Accounts.  Seller and Purchaser acknowledge and agree that all accounts receivable related to the Conveyed Assets and the Business arising pre-Closing and post-Closing shall be the sole property of Purchaser.  Seller shall cause any payments for pre-Closing and post-Closing accounts receivable received by it on and after the Closing Date to be promptly delivered to Purchaser.  Purchaser shall be solely responsible for collection efforts with respect to outstanding accounts receivable to which it is entitled pursuant to this Section 5.17 and the terms of this Agreement.

 

5.18         Payment of Assumed Liabilities.  Purchaser will pay, or make adequate provision for the payment, in full all of the Assumed Liabilities and any other Liabilities of Purchaser under this Agreement when due and payable.

 

5.19         No Solicitation.  Neither the Seller nor any of its officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents, or affiliates (including, but not limited to any investment banker, attorney, or accountant retained by Seller), shall, directly or indirectly, solicit, encourage, initiate, or participate in any way in discussions or negotiations with, or knowingly provide any information to, any corporation, partnership, person, or other entity or group (other than Purchaser or any affiliate or agent of Purchaser) concerning any merger, sale or licensing of any significant portion of the assets, sale of shares of capital stock (including without limitation any proposal or offer to Seller’s shareholders), or similar transactions involving Seller (an “Alternative Proposal”), or otherwise facilitate any effort or attempt to make or implement an Alternative Proposal; provided, however, that this section shall not prohibit the Board of Directors of Seller from (i) furnishing information to or entering into discussions or negotiations with, any person or entity that makes an unsolicited bona fide Alternative Proposal, if, and only to the extent that, (a) the Board of Directors of Seller determines in good faith that such action is so required for the Board of Directors to comply with its fiduciary duties to shareholders imposed by law, the Board of Directors has been so advised in writing by outside counsel, in its judgment and opinion, as being so required and the Board of Directors so represents to Purchaser that the Board of Directors has been so advised, (b) prior to furnishing information to, or entering into discussions and negotiations with, such person or entity, Seller promptly provides written notice to Purchaser to the effect that it is furnishing information to, or entering into discussions or negotiations with, such person or entity, and (c) Seller keeps Purchaser informed of all material terms and events with respect to any such Alternative Proposal; and (ii) to the extent applicable, complying with Rule 14e-2 promulgated under the 1934 Act with regard to an Alternative Proposal.  Nothing in this section shall (x) permit Seller to terminate this Agreement, (y) permit Seller to enter into any agreement with respect to an Alternative Proposal for as long as this Agreement remains in effect (it being agreed that for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, Seller shall not enter into any agreement with any person that provides for, or in any way facilitates, an Alternative Proposal), or (z) affect any other obligation of Seller under this Agreement.

 

27



 

ARTICLE 6

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

6.1           Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser and Seller.  The obligations of the parties hereto to effect the Closing are subject to the satisfaction prior to the Closing of the following conditions:

 

(a)           Competition Laws.  Any waiting period (and any extension thereof) or approval required under any Competition Law where there is a pre-Closing filing requirement with respect to the transfer of the Conveyed Assets shall have expired or shall have been earlier terminated and any investigations by a Governmental Authority relating to the transfer of the Conveyed Assets contemplated hereby (by means of a request for additional information or otherwise), shall have been terminated.

 

(b)           No Injunctions.  There shall not be in effect any statute, regulation, order, decree or judgment that makes illegal or enjoins or prevents in any respect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

6.2           Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser.  The obligation of Purchaser to effect the Closing is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by Purchaser) prior to the Closing, of the following conditions:

 

(a)           Representations and Warranties.  The representations and warranties of Seller contained herein shall have been true and correct when made, subject to the delivery of the corresponding Schedules, and shall be true and correct as of the Closing, as if made as of the Closing (except that representations and warranties that are made as of a specific date need be true only as of such date), except for such failures as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Purchaser shall have received a certificate of Seller, dated as of the Closing Date and signed by an officer of Seller, certifying as to the fulfillment of the condition set forth in this Section 6.2(a).

 

(b)           Covenants.  The covenants and agreements of Seller to be performed on or prior to the Closing shall have been duly performed in all material respects.

 

(c)           Deliveries.  Seller shall have made or caused to be made delivery to Purchaser of the items required by Section 2.6(b).

 

(d)           Government Authorizations.  The parties shall have obtained any and all Governmental Authorizations or other consents necessary to sell, transfer and convey the Conveyed Assets to Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e)           Wells Fargo Approval.  Purchaser shall have obtained approval of the transaction from its lender, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

 

28


 

6.3           Conditions to the Obligations of Seller.  The obligation of Seller to effect the Closing is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by Seller) prior to the Closing of the following conditions:

 

(a)           Representations and Warranties.  The representations and warranties of Purchaser contained herein shall have been true and correct in all material respects when made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing, as if made as of the Closing (except that representations and warranties that are made as of a specific date need be true in all material respects only as of such date).  Seller shall have received a certificate of Purchaser, dated as of the Closing Date and signed by an officer of Purchaser, certifying as to the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in this Section 6.3(a).

 

(b)           Covenants.  The covenants and agreements of Purchaser to be performed on or prior to the Closing shall have been duly performed in all material respects.

 

(c)           Deliveries.  Purchaser shall have made or caused to be made delivery to Seller of the items required by Section 2.5(c).

 

(d)           Government Authorizations.  The parties shall have obtained any and all Governmental Authorizations or other consents necessary to sell, transfer and convey the Conveyed Assets to Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e)           Consents and Approvals; Release of Liens.  Seller shall have obtained all authorizations, consents and approvals required to be obtained by Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Seller shall have obtained releases pursuant to UCC-3’s, as applicable, or otherwise, of all Liens with respect to the Conveyed Assets.

 

(f)            Shareholder Approval.  Seller shall have duly called a meeting of its shareholder and have obtained shareholder approval in order for Seller to enter into this Agreement, sell the Conveyed Assets and consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 7

SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

7.1           Survival.  The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing until the date twelve (12) months following the Closing Date, and no party may first raise a claim based thereon for any Losses (defined below) after the expiration of such twelve (12) month period not directly related to or arising out of a claim asserted by such party in writing and received by the other party prior to the expiration of such twelve (12) month period.

 

7.2           Indemnification by Purchaser.  Purchaser hereby agrees that it shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Seller, and, if applicable, their respective directors, officers, shareholders, partners, attorneys, accountants, agents and employees and their heirs, successors and assigns (the “Seller Indemnified Parties”) from, against and in respect of any damages, claims, losses, charges, actions, suits, proceedings, deficiencies, interest, penalties, and

 

29



 

reasonable costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) (collectively, “Losses”) imposed on, sustained, incurred or suffered by or asserted against any of the Seller Indemnified Parties by reason of (i) any breach of any representation or warranty made by Purchaser contained in this Agreement; (ii) the breach of any covenant or agreement of Purchaser contained in this Agreement; (iii) the Assumed Liabilities; and (iv) the operation of the Business and ownership of and activities involving the Conveyed Assets from and after the Closing Date.

 

7.3           Indemnification by Seller.

 

(a)           Seller hereby agrees that it shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Purchaser, its Affiliates and, if applicable, their respective directors, officers, shareholders, partners, attorneys, accountants, agents and employees and their heirs, successors and assigns (the “Purchaser Indemnified Parties” and, collectively with the Seller Indemnified Parties, the “Indemnified Parties”) from, against and in respect of any Losses imposed on, sustained, incurred or suffered by or asserted against any of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties by reason of (i) any breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller contained in this Agreement; (ii) the breach of any covenant or agreement of an Seller made in this Agreement; and (iii) the Excluded Liabilities.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 7, Seller shall not be liable to the Purchaser Indemnified Parties for any Losses with respect to the matters contained in Section 7.3(a) or elsewhere in this Agreement except to the extent the Losses therefrom exceed Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000), in which event Seller shall be liable to the Purchaser Indemnified Parties for all such Losses in excess of such amount up to an aggregate amount equal to Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000).

 

7.4           Indemnification Procedures. All claims for indemnification by any Indemnified Party hereunder shall be asserted and resolved as set forth in this Section 7.4.  In the event that any claim or demand by a third party for which an indemnifying party, Seller or Purchaser, as the case may be (an “Indemnifying Party”), may be liable to any Indemnified Party hereunder (a “Claim”) is asserted against or sought to be collected from any Indemnified Party by a third party, such Indemnified Party shall as promptly as practicable notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of such Claim and the amount or the estimated amount thereof and such notice shall state with reasonable specificity the basis, if known, under which the claim is made (the “Claim Notice”).  The failure on the part of the Indemnified Party to give any such Claim Notice in a reasonably prompt manner shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any indemnification obligation hereunder unless, and only to the extent that, the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced thereby.  The Indemnifying Party shall have sixty (60) days from the delivery of the Claim Notice (the “Notice Period”) to notify the Indemnified Party (a) whether or not the Indemnifying Party disputes the liability of the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party hereunder with respect to such Claim and (b) whether or not it desires to defend the Indemnified Party against such Claim.  All costs and expenses incurred by the Indemnifying Party in defending such Claim shall be a liability of, and shall be paid by, the Indemnifying Party; provided, however, that the amount of such costs and expenses that shall be a liability of the Indemnifying Party hereunder shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.3(b)

 

30



 

hereof.  Except as hereinafter provided, in the event that the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party within the Notice Period that it desires to defend the Indemnified Party against such Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall, at its sole cost and expense, have the right to defend the Indemnified Party by appropriate proceedings and shall have the sole power to direct and control such defense.  If any Indemnified Party desires to participate in any such defense, it may do so at its sole cost and expense.  The Indemnified Party shall not settle a Claim for which it is indemnified by the Indemnifying Party without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, unless the Indemnifying Party elects not to defend the Indemnified Party against such Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnified Party shall have the sole right to defend, settle or compromise any Claim with respect to which it has agreed in writing to waive its right to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnified Party, during the period the Indemnifying Party is determining whether to elect to assume the defense of a matter covered by this Section 7.4, may take such reasonable actions as it deems necessary to preserve any and all rights with respect to the matter, without such actions being construed as a waiver of the Indemnified Party’s rights to defense and indemnification pursuant to this Agreement.  If the Indemnifying Party elects not to defend the Indemnified Party against such Claim, whether by failing to give the Indemnified Party timely notice as provided above or otherwise, then the amount of any such Claim, or, if the same be contested by the Indemnified Party, then that portion thereof as to which such defense is unsuccessful (and the reasonable costs and expenses pertaining to such defense) shall be the liability of the Indemnifying Party hereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.3(b) hereof.  To the extent the Indemnifying Party shall direct, control or participate in the defense or settlement of any third party claim or demand, the Indemnified Party will give the Indemnifying Party and its counsel access to, during normal business hours, the relevant business records and other documents, and shall permit them to consult with the employees and counsel of the Indemnified Party.  The Indemnified Party shall use its reasonable best efforts in the defense of all such claims.

 

7.5           Exclusive Remedy; Limitation of Remedy.  Except as described in Sections 2.3 and 9.2, and except in case of fraud by either party, the parties agree that the sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any and all claims relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article 7, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise.

 

7.6           Characterization of Indemnification Payments.  All amounts paid by Seller or Purchaser to the other under this Article 7 shall be treated for all Tax purposes as adjustments to the Purchase Price.

 

7.7           Computation of Losses Subject to Indemnification.  The amount of any Loss for which indemnification is provided under this Article 7 or otherwise in this Agreement shall be computed net of any insurance proceeds when actually received by the Indemnified Party from the Indemnifying Party’s insurance carrier(s); provided that such indemnification amounts shall be paid when due pursuant to the terms hereof and the Indemnified Party, upon receipt of such proceeds, shall transfer to the Indemnifying Party the entire amount of such proceeds.

 

7.8           Limitations on Liability.  Except in case of fraud by either party, notwithstanding any provision herein, neither Seller on the one hand, nor Purchaser, on the other hand, shall in

 

31



 

any event be liable to the other party or such party’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, shareholders, agents or representatives on account of any indemnification obligation set forth in this Article 7 for any indirect, consequential, special, incidental or punitive damages (including, without limitation, lost profits, loss of use, diminution in value, damage to goodwill or loss of business).

 

7.9           Mitigation. An Indemnified Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate the Losses to which it may become entitled to indemnification hereunder.

 

7.10         Waiver of Conditions; Indemnity.  The parties acknowledge and agree that if Purchaser has knowledge of a failure of any condition set forth in Section 6.2 and/or Section 6.3 above, or of any breach by Seller of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement, and Purchaser proceeds with the Closing, Purchaser shall be deemed to have waived such condition or breach and Purchaser and any and all of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to be indemnified by Seller under Section 7.3 above, to sue for damages or to assert any other right or remedy for losses arising from any matters relating to such condition or breach, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto.

 

ARTICLE 8

TERMINATION

 

8.1           Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

 

(a)           by written agreement of Purchaser and Seller;

 

(b)           by either Purchaser or Seller, by giving written notice of such termination to the other party, if the Closing shall not have occurred on or prior to January 1, 2011 (unless the failure to consummate the Closing by such date (i) shall be due to the failure of the party seeking to terminate this Agreement to have fulfilled any of its obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligations of Purchaser and Seller under Section 5.2 and Section 5.3 hereof, or (ii) is due to the continuance of a waiting period or lack of an approval required under or an injunction or equivalent thereof entered based upon any Competition Law, in which event Purchaser may not rely upon this Section 8.1(b) to terminate this Agreement until the one-year anniversary of the date of this Agreement); or

 

(c)           by either Seller or Purchaser if any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent Governmental Authority shall have issued a statute, rule, regulation, order, decree or injunction or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Closing and such statute, rule, regulation, order, decree or injunction or other action shall have become final and nonappealable.

 

8.2           Effect of Termination.  In the event of the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.1 hereof, this Agreement shall thereafter become void and have no effect, and no party hereto shall have any liability to the other party hereto or their respective Affiliates, directors, officers or employees, except for the obligations of the parties hereto

 

32



 

contained in this Section 8.2 and in Sections 5.1(b), 9.1, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10 and 9.12 hereof, and except that nothing herein will relieve any party from liability for any breach of any covenant set forth in Article 5 of this Agreement prior to such termination.

 

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1           Notices.  All notices or other communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if in writing and if served by personal delivery upon the party for whom it is intended, if delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by a national courier service, or if sent by facsimile, provided that the facsimile is promptly confirmed by confirmation of transmission thereof, to the person at the address set forth below, or such other address as may be designated in writing hereafter, in the same manner, by such person:

 

To Seller:

 

Winland Electronics, Inc.

1950 Excel Drive

Mankato, MN 56001

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (507) 625-7231

 

With a copy to:

 

Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.

200 South Sixth Street

Minneapolis, MN  55402-1425

Attn:  Thomas F. Steichen

Facsimile: (612) 492-7338

 

To Purchaser:

 

Nortech Systems, Inc.

1120 Wayzata Boulevard East, # 201

Wayzata, MN 55391

Attn.: Michael J. Degan

Facsimile: (952) 449-0442

 

With a copy to:

 

Bert M. Gross

7201 Metro Boulevard

Edina, MN 55439

Facsimile: (952) 918-4161

 

33



 

A notice shall be deemed given on the day when actually delivered as provided above (if delivered personally, by courier or by facsimile) or on the day shown on the return receipt (if delivered by mail).

 

9.2           Specific Performance.  Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement by Purchaser, Seller would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages.  Purchaser, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, accordingly hereby waives the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and hereby agrees that Seller, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of this Agreement.

 

9.3           Amendment; Waiver.  Except as described in Section 7.10 above, any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by Purchaser and Seller, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.  Except as described in Section 7.10 above, no failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

9.4           Assignment.  No party to this Agreement may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

9.5           Entire Agreement.  This Agreement (including all Schedules and Exhibits hereto) contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters, except for the Confidentiality Agreement which will remain in full force and effect for the term provided for therein and other than any written agreement of the parties that expressly provides that it is not superseded by this Agreement.

 

9.6           Fulfillment of Obligations.  Any obligation of any party to any other party under this Agreement, which obligation is performed, satisfied or fulfilled by an Affiliate of such party, shall be deemed to have been performed, satisfied or fulfilled by such party.

 

9.7           Parties in Interest.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person other than Purchaser, Seller, or their successors or permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

9.8           Public Disclosure.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of the parties to this Agreement hereby agrees with the other party hereto that no press release or similar public announcement or communication shall be made or caused to be made concerning the execution or performance of this Agreement unless the parties shall have agreed in advance as to the contents thereof, except as such release or announcement may be required by Law or the rules or regulations of any applicable United States securities exchange or regulatory or governmental body to which the relevant party is subject or submits, in which case the party

 

34



 

required to make the release or announcement shall use its reasonable best efforts to allow each other party reasonable time to comment on such release or announcement in advance of such issuance, it being understood that the final form and content of any such release or announcement, to the extent so required, shall be at the final discretion of the disclosing party.

 

9.9           Return of Information.  If for any reason whatsoever the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated, Purchaser shall promptly return to Seller all books and records furnished by Seller or any of its agents, employees, or representatives (including all copies, summaries and abstracts, if any, thereof) in accordance with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

9.10         Expenses.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be borne by the party incurring such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Taxes (including, without limitation, any value added Taxes but excluding any Income Taxes) and fees relating to the transfer of the Conveyed Assets shall be paid by the person liable therefor but the liability for such Taxes as between Seller and Purchaser shall be borne by Purchaser.

 

9.11         Schedules.  The disclosure of any matter in any Schedule to this Agreement, as may be amended or supplemented prior to the Closing, shall be deemed to be a disclosure for all purposes of this Agreement to which such matter could reasonably be expected to be pertinent, but shall expressly not be deemed to constitute an admission by Seller or Purchaser, or to otherwise imply, that any such matter is material for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

9.12         Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota, its rules of conflict of laws notwithstanding.

 

9.13         Consent to Jurisdiction.  Each of the parties hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota, for the purpose of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and each of the parties hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect to such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined exclusively in any Minnesota state or federal court sitting in the County of Hennepin.  Each party irrevocably waives, and agrees not to asset by way of motion, defense or otherwise, in any such action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is immune from attachment or execution, that the action or proceeding is or has been brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the action or proceeding is improper, or that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby may not be enforced by any of the above-named courts.  Each of the parties agrees that a final judgment in any action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

 

Each of the parties irrevocably consents to the service of the summons and complaint and any other process in any other action or proceeding relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, on behalf of itself or its property, by the personal delivery of copies of such

 

35



 

process to such party.  Nothing in this Section 9.13 shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law.

 

9.14         Waiver of Jury Trial.  Each party hereby waives its rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of or related to this Agreement or the subject matter hereof.  The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims, and all other common law and statutory claims.  This Section 9.14 has been fully discussed by each of the parties and these provisions shall not be subject to any exceptions.  Each party hereby further warrants and represents that such party has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel and that such party knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel.  This waiver is irrevocable, meaning that it may not be modified either orally or in writing, and this waiver shall apply to any subsequent amendments, supplements or modifications to (or assignments of) this Agreement.  In the event of litigation, this Agreement maybe filed as a written consent to a trial (without a jury) by the court.

 

9.15         Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.  A facsimile or PDF signature of this Agreement shall be valid and have the same force and effect as a manually signed original.

 

9.16         Headings.  The heading references herein and the table of contents hereto are for convenience purposes only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

9.17         Severability.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the greatest extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

 

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank]

 

36



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed or caused this Asset Purchase Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

Winland Electronics, Inc.,

 

Nortech Systems, Inc.,

a Minnesota corporation

 

a Minnesota corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

By:

 

Title:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF

BILL OF SALE

 

1.                                       Sale and Transfer of Assets. For good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and as contemplated by Section 2.1 of that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2011 (the “Purchase Agreement”), to which Winland Electronics, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (“Seller”), and Nortech Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (“Purchaser”) are parties, Seller hereby sells, transfers, assigns, conveys, grants and delivers to Purchaser, effective as of 12:01 a.m. (CST) on January 1, 2011, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to all of the assets (the “Conveyed Assets”).

 

2.                                       Further Actions. Seller covenants and agrees to warrant and defend the sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, grant and delivery of the Conveyed Assets hereby made against all Persons whomsoever, to take all steps reasonably necessary to establish the record of Purchaser title to the Conveyed Assets and, at the request of Purchaser, to execute and deliver further instruments of transfer and assignment and take such other action as Purchaser may reasonably request to more effectively transfer and assign to and vest in Purchaser each of the Conveyed Assets, all at the sole cost and expense of Seller.

 

3.                                       Power of Attorney. Without limiting Section 2 hereof, Seller hereby constitutes and appoints Purchaser the true and lawful agent and attorney in fact of Seller, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, in whole or in part, in the name and stead of Seller but on behalf and for the benefit of Seller and its successors and assigns, from time to time:

 

A.                                   to demand, receive and collect any and all of the Conveyed Assets and to give receipts and releases for and with respect to the same, or any part thereof;

 

B.                                     to institute and prosecute, in the name of Seller or otherwise, any and all proceedings at law, in equity or otherwise, that Purchaser or its successors and assigns may deem proper in order to collect or reduce to possession any of the Conveyed Assets and in order to collect or enforce any claim or right of any kind hereby assigned or transferred, or intended so to be; and

 

C.                                     to do all things legally permissible, required or reasonably deemed by Purchaser to be required to recover and collect the Conveyed Assets and to use Seller’s name in such manner as Purchaser may reasonably deem necessary for the collection and recovery of same.

 

Seller hereby declaring that the foregoing powers are coupled with an interest and are and shall be irrevocable by Seller.

 

4.                                       Terms of the Purchase Agreement. The terms of the Purchase Agreement, including but not limited to Seller’s representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and

 



 

indemnities relating to the Conveyed Assets, are incorporated herein by this reference. Seller acknowledges and agrees that the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities contained in the Purchase Agreement shall not be superseded hereby but shall remain in full force and effect to the full extent provided therein. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Purchase Agreement and the terms hereof, the terms of the Purchase Agreement shall govern.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller has executed this Bill of Sale as of January 1, 2011.

 

 

 

 

WINLAND ELECTRONICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF MINNESOTA                      )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COUNTY OF                                          )

 

 

 

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this            day of                                         , 2011 by                                                            of Winland Electronics, Inc., a Minnesota corporation, on behalf of the corporation.

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

My commission expires

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the “Assignment and Assumption Agreement”) is made and entered into as of January 1, 2011, by and among Winland Electronics, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (“Assignor”), and Nortech Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (“Assignee”).

 

WHEREAS, Assignor and Assignee are parties to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2011 (the “Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which Assignee has purchased certain of the assets of Assignor; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Assignor has agreed to assign certain rights and agreements to Assignee, and Assignee has agreed to assume certain obligations of Assignor, as set forth herein, and this Assignment and Assumption Agreement is contemplated by Section 2.6(b)(ii) of the Purchase Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings for such terms that are set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

2.                                       Assignment and Assumption. Effective as of 12:01 a.m. (CST) on January 1, 2011 (the “Effective Time”), Assignor hereby assigns, sells, transfers and sets over (collectively, the “Assignment”) to Assignee all of Assignor’s right, title, benefit, privileges and interest in and to, and all of Assignor’s burdens, obligations and liabilities in connection with, each of the Assumed Liabilities. Assignee hereby accepts the Assignment and assumes and agrees to observe and perform all of the duties, obligations, terms, provisions and covenants, and to pay and discharge all of the liabilities of Assignor to be observed, performed, paid or discharged arising from and after the Closing, in connection with the Assumed Liabilities. Assignee assumes no retained liabilities of Assignor, and the parties hereto agree that all such retained liabilities shall remain the sole responsibility of Assignor.

 

3.                                       Terms of the Purchase Agreement. The terms of the Purchase Agreement, including but not limited to Assignor’s representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities relating to the Assumed Liabilities, are incorporated herein by this reference. Assignor acknowledges and agrees that the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities contained in the Purchase Agreement shall not be superseded hereby but shall remain in full force and effect to the full extent provided therein. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Purchase Agreement and the terms hereof, the terms of the Purchase Agreement shall govern.

 



 

4.                                       Further Actions. Each of the parties hereto covenants and agrees, at its own expense, to execute and deliver, at the request of the other party hereto, such further instruments of transfer and assignment and to take such other action as such other party may reasonably request to more effectively consummate the assignments and assumptions contemplated by this Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Assignment and Assumption Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

WINLAND ELECTRONICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NORTECH SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF

SELLER’S SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE

 

Pursuant to Section 2.6(b)(iii) of the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2011, the undersigned, the duly elected Secretary of Winland Electronics, Inc. (“Seller”), hereby certifies to Nortech Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation, that the person whose name and office is set forth below now is, and at all times since October 1, 2010 has been, a duly elected or appointed, qualified and acting officer of Seller holding the office set forth opposite his name, and the signature set opposite his name is his genuine signature.

 

 

 

 

Thomas J. de Petra, Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

 

Glenn Kermes, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

David A. Kuklinski, Vice President of Sales and Marketing

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of the first day of January, 2011.

 

 

 

 

Glenn Kermes

 

Secretary

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF

SELLER’S OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

I, Thomas J. de Petra, hereby certify as follows:

 

1.             I am Chief Executive Officer and President of Winland Electronics, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (“Seller”). This certificate is provided pursuant to Section 6.2(a) of the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2011 (the “Agreement”) between Seller and Nortech Systems, Inc. a Minnesota corporation.

 

2.             I hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

(a)                                  The representations and warranties of Seller contained in the Agreement, to the extent qualified by materiality, are true and correct, and that those not so qualified are true and correct in all material respects, as of the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                 Seller has complied in all material respects with all obligations, conditions and covenants required to be performed or complied with by it under the Agreement at or prior to the Closing.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Certificate this 1st day of January, 2011.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Thomas J. de Petra

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer and President

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF

PURCHASER’S SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE

 

Pursuant to Section 2.6(c)(iv) of the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2011, the undersigned, the duly elected Secretary of Nortech Systems, Inc. (“Purchaser”), hereby certifies to Winland Electronics, Inc., a Minnesota corporation, that the person whose name and office is set forth below now is, and at all times since October 1, 2010 has been, a duly elected or appointed, qualified and acting officer of Purchaser holding the office set forth opposite his or her name, and the signature set opposite his or her name below is his or her genuine signature.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of the first day of January, 2011.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Secretary

 



 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF

PURCHASER’S OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

I,                                                         , hereby certify as follows:

 

3.             I am the                                              of Nortech Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (“Purchaser”). This certificate is provided pursuant to the terms of Section 2.6(c)(v) of the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2011 (the “Agreement”).

 

4.             I hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

(a)                                  The representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in the Agreement, to the extent qualified by materiality, are true and correct, and that those not so qualified are true and correct in all material respects, as of the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                 Purchaser has complied in all material respects with all obligations, conditions and covenants required to be performed or complied with by it under the Agreement at or prior to the Closing.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Certificate this 1st day of January, 2011.

 

 

 

NORTECH SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

EXHIBIT G

 

FORM OF COVENANT-NOT-TO COMPETE AGREEMENT

 



 

EXHIBIT H

 

PURCHASER LEASE AGREEMENT

 



 

EXHIBIT I

 

SELLER SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

 



 

EXHIBIT J

 

MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 


 

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT is entered into effective as of January 1, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), by and between NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED, a Minnesota professional corporation (“Sublessor”) and WINLAND ELECTRONICS, INC., a Minnesota corporation (“Sublessee”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Sublessor is the tenant under that certain Lease Agreement of even date herewith (the “Main Lease”) with Sublessee.

 

B.            Pursuant to the Main Lease, Sublessee has leased to Sublessor the Leased Premises (as defined in the Main Lease) its office and manufacturing facility (the “Building”) and improvements (collectively, the “Improvements”) located at 1950 Excel Drive, Mankato Minnesota, 5600, which Building and Improvements are hereinafter referred to as the “Main Lease Premises.”  The Building is a 58,000 square foot building consisting of 32,500 square feet of manufacturing space, 10,000 square feet of warehouse space and 15,500 square feet of office space.

 

C.            The parties mutually desire for Sublessee to sublease from Sublessor approximately 1,000 square feet of the Main Leased Premises to be designated by Sublessor and Sublessee (the “Sublease Premises”).

 

D.            Terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given them in the Main Lease.

 

PROVISIONS

 

In consideration of the mutual promises set forth in this Sublease Agreement and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.             Recitals.  The Recitals set forth above are incorporated into and made a substantive part of this Sublease Agreement.

 

2.             Main Lease.  The terms and conditions of the Main Lease, as they apply to the Sublease Premises, are incorporated into this Sublease Agreement by reference, except for those terms specifically excluded in this Sublease Agreement.  Sublessee acknowledges and agrees:

 

a.             That Sublessee is granted no greater or additional rights and/or privileges under this Sublease Agreement than Sublessor was granted as tenant under the Main Lease.

 

b.             The obligations, conditions and covenants of the Sublessee as landlord under the Main Lease shall remain the obligations, conditions and covenants of Sublessee, and

 

1



 

Sublessor shall not be required to perform the same in the event of a default by Sublessee.

 

c.             Sublessor shall have all the rights and privileges of the Sublessee as landlord under the Main Lease, except Sublessor shall not be entitled to receive Rent payable under the Main Lease and except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

 

Sublessor and Sublessee mutually agree not to do or suffer or permit anything to be done which would result in a default under the Main Lease or cause the Main Lease to be terminated or forfeited.

 

3.             Sublease Premises.  Sublessor hereby subleases the Sublease Premises to Sublessee, subject to and together with the terms and conditions of this Sublease Agreement, and the applicable terms and conditions of the Main Lease.

 

4.             Term.  The term of this Sublease Agreement (the “Term”) shall be one (1) year commencing on the Effective Date (as defined in the Main Lease).

 

5.             Base Rent.  Beginning on the Effective Date (as defined in the Main Lease), Sublessee agrees to pay to Sublessor without demand, deduction or setoff, at $5.25 per square feet, or $437.50 per month.  Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor during the Term of this Sublease Agreement base monthly rent, on the fifth (5th) day of each and every month, without demand, deduction, or set-off, during the Term.  Each installment of base rent and any additional amounts due under this Sublease Agreement to be paid to Sublessor shall be paid by check, payable to the order of Sublessor (or such nominee as shall have been designated by Sublessor to receive such payment).  A pro rata portion of such monthly base rent shall be due for any partial calendar month during the Term, in proportion to the number of days of such calendar month falling within the Term.

 

6.             Condition of the Sublease Premises.  Sublessee agrees to accept the Sublease Premises in its as-is condition, provided that Sublessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce its rights under the Main Lease to ensure that the Sublease Premises is delivered in the condition required by the Main Lease.

 

7.             Insurance.  Sublessee shall maintain with respect to the Sublease Premises all insurance required to be maintained by Sublessor, as tenant, pursuant to the Main Lease .  The insurance policies maintained by Sublessee shall be subject to all provisions of the Main Lease to the extent applicable thereto.

 

8.             Indemnification; Waiver of Claims.  Sublessee agrees that it will indemnify and hold Sublessor and Sublessee (to the extent relating to the Sublease Premises) forever harmless as provided in the Main Lease, which indemnification and hold harmless shall also include any and all responsibility or liability which Sublessor may incur by virtue of this Sublease Agreement arising out of any failure of Sublessee in any respect to comply with and perform the requirements and provisions of the Main Lease as they relate to the Sublease Premises (except as expressly excepted in this Sublease Agreement) or this Sublease Agreement.

 

2



 

9.             Transfers.  Sublessee shall not assign or pledge this Sublease, further sublease all or any portion of the Sublease Premises, or otherwise transfer this Sublease or the Sublease Premises, without compliance with all requirements of the Main Lease.

 

10.           Alterations and Improvements.  Sublessee shall not make any alterations and improvements to the Sublease Premises without Sublessor’s prior written consent and full compliance with the terms and conditions of the Main Lease.

 

11.           Repair and Maintenance.  Sublessee shall at its own cost and expense repair and maintain all of the Sublease Premises in full compliance with the terms and conditions of the Main Lease.

 

12.           Default.  If any one or more of the following events occurs, Sublessee shall be deemed to be in default under this Sublease Agreement:

 

a.             Sublessee fails to pay, when due, any installment of Rent, for which Sublessee is responsible under this Sublease Agreement.

 

b.             Sublessee fails to keep, observe or perform any of the other non-monetary terms, covenants and conditions herein to be kept, observed and performed by Sublessee under this Sublease Agreement; provided, however, that Sublessee shall have five (5) days less than any applicable cure period under the Main Lease within which to cure the default in question.

 

If Sublessee is in default under any provision of this Sublease Agreement, Sublessor shall be entitled to exercise any and all of the rights and remedies provided to the Sublessee as landlord under the Main Lease, or otherwise available to lessors and/or sublessors under Minnesota law in the event of a default by a lessee and/or sublessee.

 

13.           Notices.  Sublessor shall immediately forward to the Sublessee copies of all billings, reports, written statements or notices received by Sublessor from Owner as landlord under the Main Lease to the extent related to the Sublease Premises.  Sublessee shall forward to Sublessor all reports and written statements required under the Main Lease in connection with the Sublease Premises or actions taken by Sublessee at least ten (10) days prior to the date such reports or written statements are due under the Main Lease.  Any notice which one party wishes or is required to give to the other party will be regarded as effective if in writing and delivered to such party in the manner provided under the Main Lease, addressed to the post-office address furnished by such party.

 

14.           Relationship of the Parties.  Nothing contained in this Sublease Agreement shall be deemed or construed by the parties, or by a third party, to create the relationship of principal and agent or of partnership or joint venture or of any association whatsoever between Sublessor and Sublessee.  It is hereby expressly understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of Rent, or any other provisions contained in this Sublease Agreement, nor any act or acts of the

 

3



 

parties hereto, shall be deemed to create any relationship between Sublessor and Sublessee other than the relationship of Sublessor and Sublessee.

 

15.           Invalidity.  If any one or more of the provisions of this Sublease Agreement are adjudicated to be void or invalid, then the remaining provisions of this Sublease Agreement shall remain in full force and effect insofar as such remaining provisions are capable of execution.  Each covenant and agreement on the part of one party is understood and agreed to constitute an essential part of the consideration for each covenant and agreement on the part of the other party.

 

16.           Conditions.  This Sublease shall at all times be considered to be dependent on the existence of the Main Lease.  Any termination of the Main Lease shall result in an automatic termination of this Sublease Agreement, and neither party to this Sublease Agreement shall have any liability or responsibility to the other, except:  (i) for such liability as shall have accrued prior to such termination; and (ii) to whatever extent Sublessor is liable to the Sublessee under the Main Lease in the event the Main Lease is cancelled or terminated because of Sublessee’s actions, Sublessee shall remain liable to Sublessor.

 

17.           Successors and Assigns.  This Sublease Agreement and all covenants and agreements contained herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties to this Sublease Agreement, subject to the restrictions imposed under this Sublease Agreement and the Main Lease relating to transfers.

 

18.           Non-Waiver.  A party’s failure to insist upon strict performance of any covenant of this Sublease Agreement or to exercise any option or right herein contained shall not be a waiver or relinquishment for the failure of such covenant, right or option, but the same shall remain in full force and effect.  Sublessor is specifically authorized to accept a partial payment of Rent or any other sum payable by Sublessee hereunder (no matter how such payment may be labeled or conditionally delivered) without such acceptance being deemed a waiver of the balance of the amount owed.

 

19.           General.  This Sublease Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of Minnesota.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to this Sublease Agreement shall be binding upon the parties unless reduced to writing and signed by both parties.  This Sublease Agreement may be separately executed as counterparts which shall be then read together and enforced.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS TO THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT, the parties have executed this Sublease Agreement effective as of the day and year first above-written.

 

 

SUBLESSOR:

NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUBLESSEE:

WINLAND ELECTRONCIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

5


 

MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

 

between

 

Winland Electronics, Inc.

 

and

 

Nortech Systems Incorporated

 

Dated as of January 1, 2010

 



 

MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

This Manufacturing Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Winland Electronics, Inc. (“Seller”), a Minnesota corporation, and Nortech Systems Incorporated (“Buyer”), a Minnesota corporation, as of January 1, 2010.

 

BACKGROUND

 

Contemporaneously herewith, Buyer and Seller have entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of the same date (the “APA”), pursuant to which the Buyer will purchase certain assets of Seller in connection with its Electronics Manufacturing Services business.  For a period of time after the closing of the APA, the parties have agreed that, pursuant to the terms hereof, Buyer will manufacture certain products for Seller related to Seller’s proprietary monitoring devices (the “Products”).

 

Now, then, for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Term.  The term begins on the date hereof and continues in effect until July 1, 2011 (the “Term”).  After the expiration of the Term, Buyer and Seller will negotiate in good faith for additional Terms, upon conditions mutually agreeable to Buyer and Seller.

 

2.             Seller’s Manufacturing Commitment.  During the Term of this Agreement:

 

(a)           Buyer shall manufacture all of Seller’s requirements relating to the Products pursuant to the Buyer’s forecasts as provided in Section 4 to this Agreement;

 

(b)           Buyer shall handle all manufacturing responsibilities for the Products, including ordering raw materials, production and packaging.  Seller and Buyer shall work together during the Term of this Agreement to determine what type of packaging the Products will have.  Seller shall assume responsibility for marketing, invoicing its customers and collections; and

 

(c)           Buyer shall warehouse, at its expense and pursuant to a Lease Agreement of even date herewith, all Products purchased by Seller to be shipped at a later date.

 

3.             Purchase of Raw Materials and Finished Goods.

 

(a)           Upon termination of this Agreement, Seller or any successor to Seller’s business after the consummation of the APA by merger or acquisition or by divestiture or spin-off (the “Seller’s Successor”) shall be required to purchase all unused raw materials intended by Buyer to be used or consumed in the production of the Products and owned by Buyer at such time, provided that such raw materials meet applicable specifications and represents raw materials consistent with current Bills of Material for the Products.  The purchase price for such raw materials shall be Buyer’s standard cost, and shall be fully explained and documented to Seller’s or Seller’s Successor’s satisfaction.

 



 

(b)           Upon termination of this Agreement, Seller or Seller’s Successor shall be required to purchase all or some of Buyer’s finished goods or work in progress inventory of Products at the applicable Transfer Prices (as defined below).

 

4.             Forecast and Ordering Procedures.  Each month Seller shall provide a forecast, setting forth its good faith estimate of the quantities of each Product for which it will place orders in the following thirty (30) days.  Such forecast is for the convenience of the parties and shall not be considered a binding obligation to purchase Products.

 

Seller shall place orders by submitting a binding purchase order.  Upon acceptance of such purchase order, Buyer shall be committed to sell the Product set forth in such purchase order to Seller.  Buyer agrees to accept such purchase order, subject to the terms of this Agreement, when submitted by Seller.  To the extent any terms set forth in the purchase order or the acceptance are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.  The completion date specified in the purchase order shall be applicable, provided, however, that (a) such date shall be no earlier than thirty (30) days after submission of the purchase order, provided that Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver Products earlier than thirty (30) days after submission of the applicable purchase order if requested by Seller, and (b) Seller shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to aggregate purchases for maximum manufacturing efficiency.

 

As soon as practicable after the date of this Agreement Buyer and Seller shall work together to determine a minimum quantity amount of Product which Seller shall be required to purchase from Buyer (the “Minimum Quantity Amount”).  Once such Minimum Quantity Amount is established, in order for Seller to secure the Transfer Price (as defined below) as set forth in Section 6, Seller must purchase from Buyer a minimum of twenty-five percent (25%) of the Minimum Quantity Amount during each three (3) month period after the Minimum Quantity Amount is established and a minimum of one hundred percent (100%) of the Minimum Quantity Amount during each twelve (12) month period after the Minimum Quantity Amount is established.

 

5.             Transfer Price.  Subject to the Minimum Quantity Amount requirements set forth in Section 4, the transfer price for the Products (the “Transfer Price”) during the Term of this Agreement shall be Buyer’s current standard manufacturing costs (fully burdened) plus a mark-up equal to (a) five percent (5%) during the six (6) months after the date of this Agreement, (b) seven percent (7%) during the sixth through the ninth (9) months after the date of this Agreement, and (c) ten percent (10%) during the ninth through the twelfth months after the date of this Agreement.

 

6.             Payment Terms.  Payment shall be net thirty (30) days from the date of invoice, which invoice shall be dated the date of shipment.

 

7.             Specifications.  Seller shall submit, as part of its purchase order, the specifications for the applicable Products, which shall be the same as the historical specifications for the Products previously manufactured by Buyer.

 

2



 

8.             Insurance Certificate.  Purchaser will procure and maintain, at its own expense, for the Term of the Agreement, and for five (5) years thereafter if written on a claims made or occurrence reported form, the types of insurance specified below:  (a) Workers’ Compensation accordance with applicable statutory requirements; (b) Employer’s Liability with a limit of liability in an amount of not less than $500,000; (c) Commercial General Liability including premises operations, products & completed operations, blanket contractual liability, personal injury and advertising injury including fire legal liability for bodily injury and property damage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and  $2,000,000 in the aggregate; and (d) Excess Liability including products liability with a combined single limit in an amount of not less than $10,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate.

 

Purchaser shall include Seller and its subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents as additional insureds with respect to Commercial General Liability, Commercial Automobile Liability and Excess Liability but only as their interest may appear in this Agreement or in the APA.  Prior to commencement of services, Purchaser shall furnish to Seller certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance coverages stated above and shall require at least thirty (30) days written notice to Seller prior to any cancellation, non-renewal or material change in said coverage.  In the case of cancellation, non-renewal or material change in said coverage, Seller shall promptly provide to Purchaser with a new certificate of insurance evidencing that the coverage meets the requirements in this Section 8.  Purchaser agrees that its insurance shall act as primary and noncontributory from any other valid and collectible insurance maintained by Seller.  Purchaser may, at its option, satisfy, in whole or in part, its obligation under this Section 8 through its self- insurance program.

 

9.             Confidential Information.  The parties acknowledge that during the Term hereof each party may provide confidential information to the other related to such party and to the Products, including trade secrets, manufacturing information, marketing information or financial information.  Each party shall take commercially reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of such information.  Information shall not be deemed confidential if it is in the public domain through no fault of either party, the information is required to be disclosed pursuant to a court order or other compulsory process or the information is in the hands of a third party who is under no obligation to either party to maintain the confidentiality of such information.  Each party will use the same degree of care with respect to its obligations hereunder as it employs with its own information of a confidential nature.

 

10.           Force Majeure.  If either party is unable to perform its obligations, either in whole or in part, under this Agreement as a result of acts of God; acts of public enemy; civil strife; wars declared or undeclared; embargoes; fires; explosions; floods; shortages of energy; orders by any governmental entity or by any other supervening authority, the affected party will use its commercially reasonable effort to find an alternative in order to alleviate the force majeure condition and meet its obligations under this Agreement, and if such commercially reasonable efforts do not result in the elimination of the force majeure condition, be excused from its performance during the event to the extent that the party is prevented or delayed hereunder.  If such event lasts for more than one hundred twenty (120) days, the party whose performance is not affected by the force majeure condition shall have the option of being excused, without further obligation from the performance of the Agreement or any obligation hereunder.  This clause shall not apply to the payment obligations of Seller.

 

3



 

11.           Termination.  Either party shall be entitled to terminate its obligations hereunder, without liability, upon material breach of the obligations by the other party or the bankruptcy or insolvency of the other party provided that the terminating party shall provide sixty (60) days’ written notice and opportunity to cure to the other party.

 

12.           Purchase Order Terms.  Buyer warrants for a period of one (1) year from the date of shipment, that the Products manufactured by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement shall conform to the applicable specifications.  During the warranty period, Seller at its option may reject and return at Buyer’s expense any Products that fail to conform to the requirements hereof.  Upon such rejection, Buyer shall replace such Products, or if no such replacement Products are available, credit Seller’s account for such rejected Products.  Buyer shall indemnify and hold Buyer harmless from any costs, expenses, damages and the like incurred by Seller or any third party arising from (i) any breach of Buyer’s obligations hereunder, or (ii) any negligent or willful misconduct of Buyer.  Seller shall indemnify and hold Buyer harmless from any costs, expenses, damages and the like arising from (i) any breach of Seller’s obligations hereunder, or (ii) any negligent or willful misconduct of Buyer.  The parties shall provide notice of indemnification claims and conduct the defense of any such claims in accordance with the procedures specified in the APA.

 

NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES HAVE BEEN REQUIRED TO BE PAID TO THIRD PARTIES.

 

13.           Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and no other person shall have any right, benefit or obligation under this Agreement, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

14.           Notices.  All notices and other communications which are required or may be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) when received if personally delivered; (ii) the day after being sent, if sent for next-day delivery within the United States by recognized overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal Express); and (iii) upon receipt, if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  In each case notice shall be sent to the following address or to such other place and with such other copies as either party may designate as to itself by notice to the other:

 

4



 

If to Seller, addressed to:

 

If to Buyer, addressed to:

 

 

 

Winland Electronics, Inc.

1950 Excel Drive

Mankato, MN 56001

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

Nortech Systems Incorporated

1120 Wayzata Boulevard East, #201

Wayzata, MN 55391

Attention: Michael J. Degan

 

 

 

With copies (which shall not constitute

notice hereunder) to:

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute

notice hereunder) to:

 

 

 

Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.

200 South Sixth Street, Suite 4000

Minneapolis, MN 55419

Attention: Thomas F. Steichen, Esq.

 

Bert Gross

7201 Metro Boulevard

Edina, MN 55439

 

15.           Choice of Law.  This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota, except with respect to matters of law concerning the internal affairs of any business entity which is a party to this Agreement, and as to those matters the law of the jurisdiction under which the relevant business entity derives its powers shall govern.

 

16.           Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers.  This Agreement and the APA, together with all exhibits and schedules hereto and thereto constitute the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties with respect to such subject matter.  No amendment, modification or waiver of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be bound thereby.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision hereof, nor shall any such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless expressly provided in such waiver.

 

17.           Counterparts; Deemed Originals.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  A facsimile or emailed .pdf file signature page shall be deemed an original.

 

18.           Expenses.  Whether or not a closing occurs, each party hereto shall pay its own legal, accounting, out-of-pocket and other expenses incident to the negotiation and execution of, and closing under, this Agreement.

 

5



 

19.           Invalidity.  In the event that any of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement.

 

20.           Cumulative Remedies.  Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement or in the APA, all rights and remedies of either party hereto are cumulative of each other and of every other right or remedy such party may otherwise have at law or in equity, so that the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not prejudice or impair the concurrent or subsequent exercise of other rights or remedies.

 

21.           Captions.  The captions contained in this Agreement in no way define, limit or extend any provision of this Agreement.

 

22.           Further Assurances.  The parties shall cooperate reasonably with each other and with their respective representatives in connection with any steps required to be taken as part of their respective obligations under this Agreement, and shall each (a) furnish upon request such further information; (b) execute and deliver such documents; and (c) do such other acts and things, in each case as the other party may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein.

 

23.           Relationship.  This Agreement does not make either party the employee or agent of the other for any purpose whatsoever.  Neither party is granted any right or authority to assume or to create any obligation or responsibility, express or implied, on behalf of or in the name of the other party.  In fulfilling its obligations pursuant to this Agreement, each party shall be acting as an independent contractor.

 

24.           No Strict Construction.  The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any Person.

 

6



 

Dated this 1st day of January, 2011.

 

 

 

 

WINLAND ELECTRONICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

(Signature Page to Manufacturing Agreement)

 


 

COMMERCIAL BUILDING LEASE

 

THIS COMMERCIAL BUILDING LEASE (the “Lease”) is effective as of the 1st day of January, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), by and between WINLAND ELECTRONICSS, INC., a Minnesota corporation (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”), and NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED, a Minnesota corporation (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord its office and manufacturing facility (the “Building”) and improvements (collectively, the “Improvements”) located at 1950 Excel Drive, Mankato Minnesota, 56001 and legally described on Exhibit A attached hereto an incorporated by reference, which Building and Improvements are hereinafter referred to as the “Leased Premises.”  The Building is a 58,000 square foot building consisting of 32,500 square feet of manufacturing space, 10,000 square feet of warehouse space and 15,500 square feet of office space.

 

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Leased Premises commencing on the Effective Date and ending January1, 2017 (the “Term”), subject to the following terms and conditions.

 

ARTICLE 1.  RENT.  Base rent shall be payable to Landlord without demand, deduction or setoff, at $5.25 per square feet, or $25,375 per month.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord during the Term of this Lease base monthly rent, on the fifth (5th) day of each and every month, without demand, deduction, or set-off, during the Term.  Tenant’s obligation to pay base rent shall commence one year after the Effective Date.  The Tenant shall be responsible for maintenance, utilities, taxes, insurance and all other payments to third parties as contemplated by this Lease.  Each installment of base rent and any additional amounts due under this Lease to be paid to Landlord shall be paid by check, payable to the order of Landlord (or such nominee as shall have been designated by Landlord to receive such payment).  A pro rata portion of such monthly base rent shall be due for any partial calendar month during the Term, in proportion to the number of days of such calendar month falling within the Term.

 

Beginning on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, base rent shall be increased two and one half percent (2.5%) annually through the remaining Term of the Lease.

 

ARTICLE 2.  TAXES AND SPECIAL ASSESSMENTS.  Tenant shall pay, when due and before penalty attaches, all real estate taxes and installments of special assessments, and any similar charges or liens due and payable during the Term hereof with respect to the Leased Premises and improvements situated thereon, provided that election shall be made to pay any special assessment over the longest period allowed by law.  For any partial calendar year within the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for a pro rata portion of such taxes and special assessments due and payable in such calendar year in proportion to the number of days of such calendar year falling within the Term, and appropriate adjustments shall be made at the beginning of the Term and at the end of the Term.

 



 

ARTICLE 3.  MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR.  Tenant hereby accepts the Leased Premises in “As-Is” condition, and Landlord shall have no obligation to make any leasehold improvements to the Leased Premises.  Tenant shall be responsible for maintaining the interior of the Leased Premises, including all interior walls, doors, windows, ceilings, and floors in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and casualty damaged excepted.  Tenant shall also make all necessary routine repairs to all building systems serving the Leased Premises, and shall keep all portions of the Leased Premises in a clean and orderly condition, including the sidewalks, curbs, drives, parking areas, landscaped areas, and passageways adjoining the same, which shall be kept free of dirt, rubbish, snow, ice and unlawful obstructions.  Tenant shall maintain, repair, and, as necessary, replace during the Term of this Lease, all foundations, structural elements, roofs and roof membranes, and major building systems in good order and repair.

 

ARTICLE 4.  ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS.  Except for non-structural alterations, additions or improvements (“Alterations”) that (i) do not exceed $10,000 in the aggregate, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Premises, (iii) do not affect any building system or the structural strength of the Improvements, and (iv) do not require penetrations into the floor, ceiling, roof or walls, Tenant shall not make or permit any Alterations in or to the Leased Premises without first obtaining Landlord’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  With respect to any Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent hereunder: (i) not less than 10 days prior to commencing any such Alteration, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the plans, specifications and necessary permits for the Alteration, together with certificates evidencing that Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors have adequate insurance coverage naming Landlord as an additional insured, (ii) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written approval of any contractor or subcontractor, and (iii) complete the Alterations in accordance with the plans and specifications delivered to and approved by Landlord.  All Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant (regardless if Landlord’s consent is required hereunder) shall be constructed with new materials, in a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with all laws, regulations, codes and ordinances (collectively, “Laws”).  Any Alteration by Tenant shall be the property of Tenant until the expiration or termination of this Lease.  At the expiration or termination of this Lease, without payment by Landlord, the Alteration shall remain on the property and become the property of Landlord (except for any Alterations which are trade fixtures, which shall remain the property of Tenant), unless Landlord gives notice to Tenant to remove it, in which event Tenant will remove it and will repair any resulting damage.  At Tenant’s request prior to Tenant making any Alterations, Landlord will notify Tenant whether Tenant is required to remove the Alterations at the expiration or termination of this Lease.  Tenant may install its trade fixtures, furniture and equipment in the Premises, provided that the installation and removal of them will not affect any structural portion of the Improvements, any building system or any other equipment or facilities serving the Improvements.

 

ARTICLE 5.  MECHANIC’S LIENS.  Tenant shall promptly pay for any labor, services, materials, supplies or equipment furnished to Tenant in or about the Leased Premises.  Tenant shall keep the Leased Premises free from any liens arising out of any labor, services, materials, supplies or equipment furnished or alleged to have been furnished to Tenant.  Tenant shall take all steps permitted by law in order to avoid the imposition of any such lien.  Should any such lien

 

2



 

or notice of such lien be filed against the Leased Premises, Tenant shall discharge the same by bonding or otherwise within thirty (30) days after Tenant has notice that the lien or claim is filed regardless of the validity of such lien or claim.  Landlord shall have the right to post and maintain on the Leased Premises notice of non-responsibility under the laws of Minnesota.

 

ARTICLE 6.  USE OF LEASED PREMISES; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; ENVIRONMENTAL COVENANTS.  The Leased Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant for any lawful manufacturing or industrial activity that is permitted in the zoning classification in which the Leased Premises is located, and for no other purpose, and such use and occupancy shall be in compliance with all applicable Laws.  Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, make all such improvements and alterations required by reason of Tenant’s specific use and shall comply with all Environmental Laws as hereinafter provided, and Landlord shall have no responsibility for the same.  Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from any loss or liability incurred by reason of any failure by Tenant to comply with applicable Laws in its use and occupancy of the Leased Premises.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to further improve or alter the Leased Premises in order to carry out its obligations under this Article, unless the need to make such improvements is due to Tenant’s specific use of the Leased Premises or a specific act of Tenant.  Landlord shall be responsible for and make any alterations or improvements required by applicable Laws not due to Tenant’s specific use or acts.  It shall be Tenant’s obligation to obtain any permits or licenses required in connection with Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises.

 

As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Environmental Laws” — All present or future federal, state or local laws, ordinances, rules or regulations (including the rules and regulations of the federal Environmental Protections Agency and comparable state agency) relating to the protection of human health or the environment.

 

“Hazardous Materials” — Pollutants, contaminants, toxic or hazardous wastes or other materials the removal of which is required or the use of which is regulated, restricted, or prohibited by any Environmental Law.

 

Tenant agrees that (i) no activity will be conducted on the Leased Premises that will use or produce any Hazardous Materials, except for activities which are part of the ordinary course of Tenant’s business and are conducted in accordance with all Environmental Laws (“Permitted Activities”); (ii) the Premises will not be used for storage of any Hazardous Materials, except for materials used in the Permitted Activities which are properly stored in a manner and location complying with all Environmental Laws; (iii) no portion of the Leased Premises will be used by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, invitees, contractors or agents (“Tenant’s Agents”) for disposal of Hazardous Materials; and (iv) Tenant will immediately notify Landlord of any violation by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents of any Environmental Laws or the release or suspected release of Hazardous Materials in, under or about the Leased Premises, and Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord a copy of any notice, filing or permit sent or received by Tenant with respect to the foregoing.  If at any time during or after the Term, Tenant or Tenant’s Agents causes contamination on any portion of the Leased Premises, Tenant will indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from all claims, demands, actions, liabilities, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, damages and obligations of any nature arising from or as a result thereof, and Landlord shall

 

3



 

have the right to direct remediation activities, all of which shall be performed at Tenant’s cost.  Tenant’s obligations pursuant to this Article 6 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 7.  UTILITIES.  Tenant will pay or cause to be paid when due all charges for gas, water, sewer, electricity, telephone and other utilities and services used, rendered or supplied to, upon or in connection with the Leased Premises, and Landlord shall have no responsibility to supply the same.  Without limiting Tenant’s general duty to maintain and repair, Tenant shall maintain in good order and condition during the term and any renewal term of this Lease all pipes, wires, conduits, boilers and other equipment for the provision of utility services to the Leased Premises.

 

ARTICLE 8.  INSURANCE.

 

(a)           Public Liability.  At all times during the term and any renewal term of this Lease, Tenant shall keep in full force and effect at its expense a policy or policies of commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Leased Premises and the business of Tenant and any subtenant, licensee or concessionaire, with a company licensed to do business in the State of Minnesota reasonably acceptable to Landlord, in which both Tenant and Landlord shall be named as insureds and adequately covered under reasonable limits of liability not less than $5,000,000.00 combined single limit coverage of bodily injury, property damage or combination thereof.  Landlord shall be named as an additional loss payee.  Tenant shall furnish Landlord with certificates or other acceptable evidence that such insurance is in effect, which evidence shall state that Landlord shall be notified in writing thirty (30) days prior to cancellation, material change or renewal of insurance.

 

(b)           Hazard Insurance.  At all times during the Term, Tenant shall keep in full force and effect a policy of fire and extended coverage insurance on the Improvements (including any Alterations therein or thereto) for its full insurable replacement cost, with a company licensed to do business in the State of Minnesota reasonably acceptable to Landlord, naming both Landlord and Tenant as insureds, but payable only to Landlord and containing a loss payable clause as required by any mortgagees of the Leased Premises; and shall furnish Landlord and all such mortgagees with certificates or other acceptable evidence that such insurance is in effect, which evidence shall state that Landlord and all such mortgagees shall be notified in writing thirty (30) days prior to cancellation, material change or renewal of insurance.  Tenant may separately or under the same policy insure any trade fixtures, equipment, supplies and other personal property owned by Tenant and located upon the Leased Premises.

 

(c)           Waiver of Subrogation.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant each waive, and release each other from and against, all claims for recovery against the other for any loss or damage to the property of such party arising out of fire or other casualty coverable by a standard fire and extended coverage property insurance policy, even if such loss or damage shall be brought about by the fault or negligence of the other party or its employees or agents.  This waiver and release is effective regardless of whether the releasing party actually maintains the insurance described above in this subsection and is not limited to the amount of insurance actually carried, or to the actual proceeds received after a loss.  Each party shall have its insurance company that issues its property coverage waive any rights of

 

4



 

subrogation, and shall have the insurance company include an endorsement acknowledging this waiver, if necessary.  Tenant assumes all risk of damage of Tenant’s property within the Leased Premises, including any loss or damage caused by water leakage, fire, windstorm, explosion, theft, or other cause.

 

ARTICLE 9.  NON-LIABILITY; COVENANTS TO HOLD HARMLESS.  Except to the extent caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord, its agents, or employees, Landlord shall be held harmless by Tenant from any liability for damages to any person or property in or upon the Leased Premises and the sidewalks adjoining same, including the property of Tenant and its employees and all persons in the Leased Premises at its or their invitation.  All property kept, stored or maintained in the Leased Premises shall be so kept, stored or maintained at the sole risk of Tenant.  Tenant shall be held harmless by Landlord for any damages to person or property caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord, its agents, or employees.  Tenant’s and Landlord’s obligations under this Article 9 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 10.  EMINENT DOMAIN.

 

(a)           Entire Premises.  If substantially all of the Leased Premises shall be taken under the power of eminent domain then the term of this Lease shall cease as of the day possession shall be taken and the rent shall be paid up to that day with a proportionate refund by Landlord of such rent as may have been paid in advance.

 

(b)           Partial Taking.  If more than twenty percent (20%) of the floor space in the Leased Premises shall be taken under the power of eminent domain, both Landlord and Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the day possession shall be taken by notice to the other party given within ten (10) days after possession is so taken.  If the unexpired portion of the Term shall be one (1) year or less at the date of taking of any portion of the Leased Premises, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the day possession shall be taken by like notice to Tenant.  Tenant shall be allowed a reasonable time not to exceed ten (10) days after any such termination to vacate the remainder of the Leased Premises, and rent shall be paid up to the day possession shall be taken or the day Tenant vacates the remainder of the Leased Premises, whichever is later.

 

(c)           Continuation of Lease.  In the event this Lease is not terminated pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Article, all the terms of this Lease shall continue in effect, except that the base rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in floor space in the Leased Premises as a result of the taking, and Landlord shall, at its own cost and expense, make all necessary repairs or alterations to the Improvements so as to constitute the remaining Leased Premises a complete architectural unit.

 

(d)           Damages.  In any event all damages awarded for such taking under the power of eminent domain, whether for the whole or a part of the Leased Premises, shall belong to and be the property of Landlord whether such damages shall be awarded as compensation for diminution in value to the leasehold or to the fee of the premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be entitled to any award made separately to Tenant for relocation benefits, for

 

5



 

“going concern” value of its business, loss of business, fair value of, and cost of removal of stock and fixtures, which shall belong to Tenant.

 

(e)           Definition.  The term “eminent domain” shall include the exercise of any similar power and any purchase or other acquisition in lieu of condemnation.

 

ARTICLE 11.  DAMAGE.

 

(a)           Partial or Total Destruction.  In case the Leased Premises shall be partially or totally destroyed by fire or other casualty insurable under fire and extended casualty insurance so as to become partially or totally untenantable, the same, unless Landlord or Tenant shall terminate this Lease as hereinafter provided, shall be repaired or rebuilt as quickly as practicable at the cost and direction of Landlord, and the base rent shall abate during the period of repair in proportion to the portion of the floor space in the Leased Premises that is untenantable or unfit for use by Tenant in its business.

 

(b)           Extensive Damage; Election.  If the Improvements located on the Leased Premises shall be destroyed or damaged by fire or other casualty insurable under fire and extended casualty insurance, so as to become wholly untenantable, and:

 

1.             the Leased Premises cannot be repaired or restored within one hundred twenty days (120) after such damage or destruction; or

 

2.             the unexpired portion of the term or any renewal term of this Lease is one (1) year or less at the date of the damage;

 

then either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the date of such destruction or damage by giving written notice to the other party of such election within thirty (30) days after such damage or destruction.

 

ARTICLE 12.  SURRENDER; HOLDING OVER.  On the last day of the term or any renewal term hereof or on the sooner termination thereof, Tenant shall peaceably surrender the Leased Premises in good order, condition and repair, broom-clean, casualty damage and reasonable wear and tear only excepted.  Tenant shall repair any damage to the Leased Premises caused by removal of Tenant’s trade fixtures or equipment.  Any of Tenant’s property not removed on the last day of the term or any renewal term hereof or on the sooner termination thereof, shall be deemed abandoned.  In the event Tenant remains in possession of the Leased Premises after the expiration of the Term without the execution of a new lease, Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises shall be that of a tenancy at will.  Tenant’s occupancy during any holdover period shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of this Lease (unless clearly inapplicable), except that the base rent shall be 125% of the base rent payable for the last full month immediately preceding the holdover.  No holdover or payment by Tenant after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall operate to extend the Term or prevent Landlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Leased Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise.  Tenant shall be liable for all damages that Landlord suffers as a result of the holdover.

 

6



 

ARTICLE 13.  DEFAULT; REMEDIES.

 

(a)           Default.  The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Lease:

 

1.             Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of base rent to Landlord within ten (10) days after the due date;

 

2.             Tenant shall have failed to comply with any other provision of this Lease, and shall not have cured such failure within thirty (30) days after Landlord, by written notice, has informed Tenant of such noncompliance; provided, however, in the case of a default which cannot be cured, with due diligence, within a period of thirty (30) days, Tenant shall have such additional time to cure such default as may be reasonably necessary, provided that Tenant proceeds promptly and with due diligence to cure such default after receipt of said notice;

 

3.             Tenant shall have filed a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee for it or its property, or any similar petition, or shall have made an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or an order for relief shall have been entered in any proceeding under the federal Bankruptcy Code in which Tenant is named as the debtor;

 

4.             Any involuntary petition of the type or similar to those referred to in Paragraph 3 of this Subsection (a) shall have been filed against Tenant, and shall not be vacated or withdrawn within sixty (60) days after the date of the filing thereof; or

 

5.             Tenant shall have abandoned the Leased Premises, which shall be conclusively presumed if Tenant shall vacate the premises for thirty (30) days without giving written notice of its intent to return to possession of the Leased Premises.

 

(b)           Remedies.  Whenever any event of default shall have occurred and be subsisting, Landlord may elect either:

 

1.             To cancel and terminate this Lease; or

 

2.             To reenter and take possession of the Leased Premises, and terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Leased Premises, without terminating this Lease or any of Tenant’s obligations for the balance of the term of this Lease.

 

Landlord may at any time elect to terminate this Lease despite a prior election to exercise its remedies under Paragraph 2 above.  In the event Landlord exercises its remedies under Paragraph 2 above, it may remove all persons and property from the Leased Premises and store such property at the cost of and for the account of Tenant, may make alterations and repairs and redecorate the premises to the extent deemed by Landlord necessary or desirable, and may relet the premises, or any part thereof, for the account of Tenant, to any person, firm or corporation,

 

7



 

other than Tenant, for such rent, for such time and upon such terms as Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, shall determine; but Landlord shall not be required to accept any tenant offered by Tenant or to observe any instruction given by Tenant concerning such reletting.  Any rent and other amounts received by Landlord upon such reletting shall be applied first to the costs and expenses of Landlord in regaining possession of the Leased Premises, storing property removed from the premises, making alterations or repairs or redecorating the Leased Premises, and reletting the premises, including, without limitation, brokerage and reasonable attorneys fees, then to the rentals and other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and any surplus shall be paid to Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 14.  TENANT”S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL TO PURCHASE BUILDING.  During the Term, Landlord shall attempt to sell the Building to a third party.  If Landlord finds an interested third party to purchase the Building, Landlord shall give written notice of such interested third party to Tenant.  After receipt of such notice by Tenant, Tenant shall have ten (10) days to notify Landlord if it would like to purchase the Building on the same terms as the interested third party.  If Tenant does not give written affirmation to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice, Landlord shall move forward with the sale of the Building to the interested third party.  If Tenant informs Landlord that it would like to purchase the Building within the ten (10) day notice period, Landlord and Tenant shall consummate such sale of the Building to Tenant within thirty (30) days.  If such ultimate sale between Tenant and Landlord is not consummated within thirty (30) days after Tenant informs Landlord of its intent to purchase the Building, Tenant may go back to the interested third party and negotiate a sale of the Building.

 

If Landlord does not sell the Building at the end of the Term, Tenant shall have an option to purchase the Building from Landlord, on terms and conditions acceptable to both Landlord and Tenant.  Tennant shall have such option to purchase the Building through the Term of this Lease, even if Landlord sells the Building to a third party at any time during the Term.

 

ARTICLE 15.  NOTICES.  Any notice required or permitted under this Lease shall be deemed sufficiently given or served when personally delivered (in person, by commercial courier service, by facsimile with confirmed transmission, or otherwise) or forty-eight (48) hours after mailed by registered or certified mail to Tenant at the address of the Leased Premises and to Landlord at the address then fixed for the payment of rent, and either party may by like written notice at any time designate a different address to which notices shall subsequently be sent.

 

ARTICLE 16.  GENERAL.  This Lease does not create the relationship of principal and agent or of partnership or of joint venture or of any association between Landlord and Tenant, the sole relationship between Landlord and Tenant being that of Landlord and Tenant.  One or more waivers of any default of Tenant by Landlord shall not be construed as a waiver of a subsequent breach of the same covenant, term or condition.  The consent to or approval by Landlord of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent similar act by Tenant.   Each term and each provision of this Lease performable by Tenant shall be construed to be both a covenant and a condition.  The marginal or topical headings of the several articles, paragraphs and clauses are for convenience only and do not define, limit or construe the contents of such articles, paragraphs or clauses.  All preliminary negotiations and all prior written agreements

 

8



 

regarding the subject matter of this Lease are superseded and merged into and incorporated in this Lease.  The laws of the State of Minnesota shall govern the validity, performance and enforcement of this Lease.  The terms, covenants and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors in interest and assigns of the parties hereto.  This Lease may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same written action.

 

ARTICLE 17.  QUIET ENJOYMENT.  Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant paying the rent and performing all of the terms and conditions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the premises hereby leased, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this Lease and subject to covenants, conditions, restrictions and easements of record, if any.

 

ARTICLE 18.  SUBORDINATION.  Tenant agrees that its interest in the Leased Premises is and shall be subordinate to any mortgages that may hereafter be placed upon said premises and to any and all advances to be made thereunder, and to the interest thereon and all renewals, replacements and extensions thereof, provided the mortgagee named in said mortgages shall agree not to disturb Tenant’s occupancy under this Lease in the event of foreclosure if Tenant is not in default beyond applicable periods of grace.  Tenant agrees to execute such documents as may be reasonably required by such mortgagee to confirm the same.  In the event that any mortgagee elects to have the Lease a prior lien to its mortgage, then and in such event upon such mortgagee notifying Tenant to that effect, this Lease shall be deemed prior in lien to the said mortgage, whether this Lease is dated prior to or subsequent to the date of said mortgage.

 

ARTICLE 19.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.  Landlord may freely transfer the Leased Premises, subject to this Lease, and/or assign its rights under this Lease.  Upon any transfer of the Leased Premises, subject to this Lease, Landlord shall be relieved of all of its obligations under this Lease.  Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublease all or part of the Leased Premises (voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

ARTICLE 20.  NO RECORDING OF LEASE.  The parties agree not to record or register this Lease.  At the request of either party, or such party’s lender, a memorandum of this Lease in form mutually acceptable to the parties may be recorded.

 

9



 

IN WITNESS, the Landlord and the Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

WINLAND ELECTRONICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

NORTECH SYSTEMS INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

10



 

Exhibit A

 

Legal Description

 

Lots Four (4) and Five (5), Block Three (3), EXCEPT that part of Lot 5 lying southerly of a line parallel with and distance 201.90 feet south of the North line of said Lot 5, Eastwood Industrial Centre, the 5 perimeter corners of which subdivision are marked with Judicial Landmarks.

 



EX-23.1 4 a2202512zex-23_1.htm EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement (Nos. 33-80906, 33-66246, and 333-145819) of Nortech Systems Incorporated on Form S-8 of our reports dated March 11, 2011 relating to our audit of the consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nortech Systems Incorporated for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 
   
   
/s/ MCGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP

       

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 11, 2011

 

 

 

 


EX-31.1 5 a2202512zex-31_1.htm EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

Certification

I, Michael J. Degen, certify that:

    1.
    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Nortech Systems, Inc. and Subsidiary;

    2.
    Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

    3.
    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

    4.
    The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

    a)
    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

    b)
    Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

    c)
    Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in the report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report on such evaluation; and

    d)
    Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

    5.
    The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

    a)
    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

    b)
    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 
   
   
Date: March 11, 2011   By:   /s/ MICHAEL J. DEGEN

Michael J. Degen
Chief Executive Officer
Nortech Systems Incorporated


EX-31.2 6 a2202512zex-31_2.htm EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

Certification

        I, Richard G. Wasielewski, certify that:

    1.
    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Nortech Systems, Inc. and Subsidiary;

    2.
    Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

    3.
    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

    4.
    The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

    a)
    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

    b)
    Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

    c)
    Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in the report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report on such evaluation; and

    d)
    Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

    5.
    The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

    a)
    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

    b)
    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 
   
   
Date: March 11, 2011   By:   /s/ RICHARD G. WASIELEWSKI

Richard G. Wasielewski
Chief Financial Officer


EX-32.1 7 a2202512zex-32_1.htm EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        I, Michael J. Degen, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Nortech Systems Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Nortech Systems Incorporated.

 
   
   
March 11, 2011   By:   /s/ MICHAEL J. DEGEN

Michael J. Degen
Chief Executive Officer
Nortech Systems Incorporated

        I, Richard G. Wasielewski, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Nortech Systems Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Nortech Systems Incorporated.

 
   
   
March 11, 2011   By:   /s/ RICHARD G. WASIELEWSKI

Richard G. Wasielewski
Chief Financial Officer
Nortech Systems Incorporated


GRAPHIC 8 g22052ke03i001.gif G22052KE03I001.GIF begin 644 g22052ke03i001.gif M1TE&.#=A<`)&`7<``"'^&E-O9G1W87)E.B!-:6-R;W-O9G0@3V9F:6-E`"P` M````<`)&`8?___\```#O]_>4E)126E(Z,3JUM;7>YM[O[^80$!#>WMY22E*4 MG)36SM;.Q<[%Q<4I*2EC6EI"0DI[>W-S:W.UO;VEK:6$C(2EI:6$>X3.6DI2 M6I2,6I0I&1F<6DK.6N]26N\Z6AD96N_.6L526L496L5K$!E[WN;%6IQ:WC$Q MWN;.E)Q2&9P96IQ[WJTQWJT9&9QC:VMK6CH98TIK6A`9.DIK$$H("``9SEH9 MC!!K,1DZ0CJM[^80,1DZ$$H08QD0$$K.C#J4C#K.C!"4C!!:SEI:C!!:C.80 MC.:,$'M:C*T0C*UK,4K.*1F<*1G."!F<"!G.2AF<2AF<&>^EI=Z<&<49SGL9 MC#$IE%K6&7LIWA`9[UH9K1![&>^EA-Y[&<4(E%JU&7L(WA#WWL7.*4JEYKV< M*4KW6A#W&1#WG!#."$JEYIR<"$K.YKW.[WO.[SK6E'O.K3J<6N]2*>^4K3K. M*>^4[WN4[SH9*>_.K1"4K1#.Q7O.[Q"ME'N<6L52*<7.*<64Q7N4[Q`9*<5: MSGM:C#%:K>80K>:,$)Q:K:T0K:U:I5I:[^;66GM:[Q`0[^92*7LI6GM:[ZT0 M[ZT9*7M:[UI:K1![C.8QC.:,,7M[C*TQC*W.[UK.SCK6E%I[6N]2"._.".^4 M[UJ4SCH9"._.Q5K.SA"ME%I[6L52",7.",64Q5J4SA`9",5:A%I:SN:U6GM: MSA`0SN92"'L(6GM:SJT0SJT9"'O.I;U:A'L9[WL9K3$IE'O6&9PIWC$(E'NU M&9P(WC'.:QF<:QGWWA#.I>_W6I3W6D+W&4+W&93WG$*$G&/WG)2]SN;W6FOW M&6OWG&O6YIS.A,7.A.^8QK>:,,9Q[K:TQ MK:WWI;WW0KWW<[WW$+WWWI3WWD+WWFM"6DJEE+7WI>_W0N^46G/W<^_W$._6 MQ:7>Q>8Z,1#W_]XQ$`#WWO>EC)SOWN;W_TJ4A)1",4K>[_?_]_>4E)Q28UH` M"`""P$B2YY, MN;+ERY@S:][,N;/GSZ!#BQY-NK1IT@4[A]J]XMO#C%UL8;$T_.O.'MYHIE0Y^.$#EUP\NO:P>NO3`^WMVI/_\/ M+S@[^>;<&2)HP,!"@X$**C!@H$`@`@?S'2"P;^&0AP=:(&9!]T$(`#WSR=A@F%<]8Q9$`!"10@I@(Q)`!!!6M>,($$$DPP084$1$;`/05<(*8Y$BP` M00`[2%```15L"H$$F!:`*``*3!"#!/>T9P\`!-S_$``%)%[`3P(2G&F?`Q.X MZL\$"010P(H`1!!`!PP(U(`%$GCX@`(+=!K9IP$X$(.L!'3J*0(,!)LL07D& M``&*O-YX04'V="#N!`1($,`$`X4:0`ST`/``!0040($^,3P@$#TQ3-!I#/;L MYX"["9A3P`X%1^CNJ/=$<*Z2%DP000$Q4'#J!)MB"D$$IQ+T0`+?"F1`#]$> MJ_`"%BP0P`VD2@#!!?E$>L,"K!(0`[$.F;>G<>,YU&T,^0PTCX`2$"`F/>:X M)E`,POHLI;/N"$`0@P#*2L"WPU5?D`#E`'0@Y@0!U,?`/18,-,&P`CG`VP$% M2&"0Z1E`R$"]`!Q:>WT2I(VJ0`24'*J@#WWW#"AM(%T*7LE(U$*#1,!Z;TM` M3#&O"Z@`D%0H$$Q.!.R(M`T0:"Q*Z][1SLDMV] MQL?&A%2C`&T0"#[F`0!/I9!O#?C8&(58$'J\,$([F!@!()##!!!+`0G0AP%0 M2)`+W.!\O'$`!/91D"=!(($&2<`<'98V!>S1&L;S'@3PB!#I&!%H0Y2>`>IU M`0GXK3XWL!Q!"D5'(<8@!@S8(XL\Z(`.%&`!"LN;"HU7D`P($6<$L",>'0`H M`K3Q3QG35;$,!:2"$,`::NH6`=H%@3TZP``5N$?>!'#_QPS$3Y6X0AU!*D`[ M)RJI![H#&``@PTW[!(!L!$'``E(C``ET@`#XTF(/3,BZ!IBNC9!94?GFJ2HU M(<`>*UK`'0T"@7-$U*(+V.0%U$@`(`(`6&U,2!%_61LDJL<`[Z%'TA1PCOKP M(WX#"2<9(S"UZAV$BR*;67MB@"C;E0Q-&2A`F220`6FJ#0(0F"4`8E#0@C@@ MG`M0HT!BJE8ZA;5`$5"C`YI(`,#="`!F5%L!>J`C(A643;4C&0+X9@&2'40` M[T+3#N[AL`78(P$N)4@')5NWXID#MW8`T;ZCU'] MZ=4>(P!1V8VK9Q[D:6T*F)!\_PC`3+7SG*5@5<^"9$I_N)G'`G(*51:9(VQ[ MM"-"!&"V@9B1ERF4&?#&M+_E&L"I214@'X:.G`!`QA`3*&Z*EY[8+#9"&"$RQ07 M6-W+TJLBH(<12FIK!2(SZ((HMK*%3="D9X'I%E:`]=.B[4)X1?FM5&0>?,`. M1KNB&+2.2!'R)T'&UE:ZG8FU1K*['0P^_,V M$U[`5"8V60^(98$=0)!Y$3*>"(,3R8(J2$`Q0*\%"E"R>TP,E/'3'@2Y6KGC M.G`@'3S5!:`<(K$"PK`&Z`D@F68NSS*GRT<'(9*!>H)P6`NBQ@\C\0UW=)`=3@%B54,RY6TO933=`(X)RQYJM'BUE(3RR)0:YH0;DV0@8#++P*LR M,:!X\S!,;L=L>"'A1DBD"^*/SRI)FOOQZGZZWG6#"$Y-^1`<08JF=A#]F8S+ M_:P:U;K'?*1=F@+P^MPCZG4R%DV-1;.P&_MN'X,4[;-WA[M.N5[X@01>26MW MN^(A[_>R*S[Q$AEWU1EC[LW#)4^>U[#30A\7S9/^,%<_/5N3 M""HN0$4@IQEYP+KWTGSGYV7W=F%`_P;P(1#>(,`:!<@Z14C$M@DL/RZX]SY@ MH#\7:YT)RP,*@$`OH@_43:#;>=%]\F<7P4<7R4,0^*=9*V(``5,!11,?%5!S MJ/),I^(`%;!`,G==$L``H!-&;8<7K#>`@0%^">E&`587H$>$\S=Z>*$`X86`]C`G M`V(/^.-2YW!B!=`K!K)0'5`V7=@_Z]-0=2&`9!@7)'B$YB!0L64!=T0HR<(` M<[,#`L5O=__H;9&3#WJX5F)E%R'XAWQ!?W$AB=06`#5&`:G1`"Q#)Y^C=``& M`.?0`P)A#Y\FB1'W@]C'?$.(B75AA'*A6G0C*T`X4-8T;'-X<1$@(/U6,/U6 M/)$!3QD05O^2`'P1?[1X%X$H%U(X*/_S60C0/A$R<.P''WZD`,J'*NSW(GOD M;MPWB\\H%[9XA.:$$A/`AW;AA^>X%IHX%ZGR?AJ1(WX!C_&8%M&XCU#AC/X( MB&88D%6ACP1)%NEXD$MQB0H)%_W8D$EAD!#Y%0DYD48QAA;I%O.8D44AD1RI M%0_YD4+!D")Y%AM9DD#AD2A9%16YDCT!D"X)%B$9DSNADC0)%2W_>9,X89,Z MV10GV9,WP9-`J10S.90T`9-&>14_F90R(91,610Y^90O09)2:15%694MX918 M"111N94J@9%>615+&98IH95DN1-7>98F095JZ9,#V98P899P:1-=.9"Z1)C69B#:8Z(^1-[N9@8@9>.V1.'&9D709B4 M>1*!>9D3P9::R1.-V9D189F@*1*9.9H.`9:FZ9EOF9H;(9JLV1&?^9H*P9FR M.1.369OBIIBXZ1*EN9OFI9N^N1*Q&9S^`YS$B1*]>9RN>9P3<9O,Z5#/:9MN M%IT/`9G461+.^9S+>9T-48/<*1'&^9T?_[%RIU&>YGF>Z)F>ZKF>[-F>F,&, MXBE_\!F?]*D3*5B?^%D3RI:?_"D3^]F?`-H2_QF@!(H2]UF@"$H2`YJ@#/H1 M"]J@$*H1#QJA%%H1!UJA&#H1$YJA',H0%]JA(*H0&QJB)#IJR%>B*`H`(YJB M(/JA+$JB*_JB&1JC,EJA-%JC$>JB.#JC)[JC&*JC/DJA-QJD"#JD1$J@1GJD M``JD2IJ@2=JD^?FD4%J?4CJE\9[JFOMFF;HJ;GJ<>=JGH/FG@*J9@CJH ME,FGABJG89JH?O^ZJ(P:G(7ZJ(6)J)*:FI%:J7Q)J9@:J(ZZJ:]YJ9X*EZ`: MJFKI6:3:%$KHGJJZJJS:JJ[ZJK`:J[+J&309GJ<*$K;JCXAUJR^1J_[HJ[RZ M$(K,9J$BJK>_J??/:K@@8D]EJKR%1K[_' MK_KJK[87K]4*L+9'L.1JL*TGL-"*L*W'L/(:DPJ[K`Y[>A.[L!!;L1([KOJ* MJQ>[L?NJL1[;$1B[>1%KK".[>2?+JRG+9R4;K"O+9R]+JC'+4RVKLB#_&[+" MVK$X*[(WN[,8,;._5+.W"K2_1+28:K0_([2GBK0_P[2/ZK3DH;0RV[,^RZPZ M6[49`;7DH;6&RK7:(;6AZK7:(;9]2K;3`;:>:K;3H;9TRK;,@;:;ZK;,(;=K M2K?%`;='2[58.Q%V*QQX6ZE]*QR!^Z6#FQM_*ZF%FQN):Z6+"QN'^[1ZN[?6 M>K62:Z&16[D.T;BO\;B,JKFOX;E*"KJ.P;F)*KJ.8;I!BKJ+0;I=>[F8ZZ&4 M^[J3&Y.JNZ.UZQ+G,$^ZN[N\V[N^^[O`&[S".[S#:PV1`C418`W[<$7)N[QU MI;S,"[W/Z[S-&[W4*[W5.[W6N[W:V[W9^[W8_QN^USN^W`N^XUN)@C%/YEN^ MXLN^Y.N][0N_[[N^\NN^]EN_^%N]+@8UQ-N__ON_`!S`OJMI%M$N#&`/")S` M"KS`#-S`#OS`$!S!$@S!\[&&*G?`#'#!%ES!& MA\&ZGF>N"R#&!#F<<*%"9!G&',DL97R[Q8'&:AR0V0E__Q"62L@1!`"`$"G' MV$''@NO'=^R/>=S&A/_<&_F:$7_,D60\R&]LR`W1<5WX-KH(R!E1`?V"$)"1 M<@;A8HFE$!=0.(1FCW1#C@5A`//";Q410QM!09$!`56V$6S\%FX\$I)A$`X0 M+`6`C171`/8F7QC1.1,V$>4SR@IQ9B%1`1$@5O*&RAW1QQOQR$(#RDGU$=7$ M:2')QKB$(02B_*3;0,1 M:C'($/(V$0_61A=`,_81A"^A`!"@R;:\FH"1RR,!2)[((@P``<<\$:H$$5;_ M0G@>$2I%$P/`?!!I]DRUO!&$5BC9_X:&"S`[AW-Q";*#8I3* M"4!J;T,`AC@O>#0!2FA"YW`W9PT`!C!I@V8Z,>!-E],H]>+,])4U!#!9!%`T MPIQ($14I$A#8;\,Q4\,M7,4H'4,BZ7U^_)!"L^,Y[W%6'2`!VE0H[&'8_:,` MROL`D1)"[&(HZ+L0B8S+!/L@KU8[]-%##K[@-P4[W0)/'10Y^A``N@,L%_<@ M!0!6]/(V&2`!-W`/;<#*AK(I<20L8T4`KS8!)^-2+VT!^A`H*11.P2)+L0$! M8%8__"#2`(!2P0/?BE,H!A`[+V@!*W)6HZ(A%)0J[T(H=@35$5"#'O?FL^%P M*])!]JP1U*P1ULP0V.TOEO_$-Q%0'X)(`);R`-?7W1;P`)>4`8X3`W<(&;IC+2(%+T=B-2ORS=@W;#<`3Q$2 M5IP,A-8@/!16@:@2+/)S+J#.9M`D<6+S+61N'S.S4+A2'QQCWX^HB!(1R?%, ML`4#2HAB`:\2W@"`#^YWYL'#8`BP`XB2`3M`0#%`?B3]2&\#`4T42&.5-R4M M$#!=-AF4WEU"`0P6*1`U=*JB/WE6)+L(13_]-M&T:6)BB&-")\F"U]82<84R M;$-G.XAN*@#S+3O`-[*Q'Q;`=`9%$G!\W2(R(!!@``)D;6-E5_4%*X!#THR2 M-`[_,&R/$P/O@8;[!P")HT+%!^O5->0XLP!D$P#8.`_P64SD!4$9/'1MP&01 MQ0#\`.N$DRD30`\3;331Y`^GPD4DG6.CDC09I`_AG?->4N_>YC8?/U8K+C33 M&1@J+1+ZL!_LDF;U<0]N@P`&\%AN\V(*`"HWU84Z]D'PH8@G#S!MU.S!,S&> M%D1!XLXH2"Q#=P&6TT`$<59USW05L.*+,A\9$`!-=#GZ$EG,,@'^\M(2L`/M M@,P6:NM4LJFC;<$>,"8;Q0[69I M+S)>?3F,R.GR,S,KXLPKHHP("&!'SU@E=6?[L")#]\W[_]<`TF0!>XSRCY/\ MBC,L$3TXP:XK;K@[UT3,\*&'CI+.3$P!R!?`(T&/]`@PF##!P<>!!&+D`X#@!@&%/#\JF"`A@D\(%#X:D)`@ M1E![!2!8L'?!Z(,``P\$H`>@38$*'`T,M!=100"'``QT$*#5Z%RZ=>T.['I7 M[]R;>S^6Y4D@@<,+@V'N.WNAP$<"$10HD,!@8#X':QM\1.!@WV7(EXU.!>`@ M@$``#QPOC+$R-$'2&0)H31I:0O]1AQ#F'0RPLF4;HQ,N"!AXSAP`!1UV!LT< MXWC/"R\'&N@J(,*^C_DJS!ZXTC-7NP@@2`9`@;0%B@P@M,W7UF_)!>O=OXX`"YSP()S+E#O(PD*:&N"`,#S[",+ MBJH(@IT4<$B!&RH;Z((%!"QJI0KR0H`MX@IXP*:B8I!L+:!@^L>:'/';*R8N MC2+`.;T0N`""JSZB1X*5\I&``&LNN,"Z!`*P`"CS)D"@`@H6N`@X!@CPJ0(' M8@@@@@K_(@B``/4:D."&J?R9P*-J"N"'+'H6O&DE!^Z)K,P)#)B3@7PNN`=0 MA0KC<#0%=@A@`=4&TB<#"V)H[#@&:$VM`<$F>-6!!)*$(("I-I7`&E[S8:"` M!1CPR`('EL)PUA@KL"8`".PQ[Y]J'`A65`G,,7:G%V.\:YZ3OD0W7777Y:E) M=NDRIP,)=C)@*J0"V-`!"21H8(+!)`C`G(Q:5>`!"`AX(`8(SDDV404,@$"Y M!21`X($V"UQI@FO="F`?!Q94+`![$$#`1@@J,)FC`&A,=H(8WHP1JGV=G8"` M>PP%#B8&$NA@IH7P9<"""O[$TP"48]`'V0(B>P"R`$XJP.%J_PEPX!Q`8[!' M``0(6#EG\]ZU*Z]TE_4K3VR76VT@!"RXX`&@'+C`6>#6/DZ!K%XUX()Y%,@' M*VSRJH`($,@CZ M59@0L/L"T2L`/1]\`C?@563;4H!PY]J`TV>V#0`*2#C?CI2G!@*_H`*L&'"@ M`<(5HF>>N"6J<[T_P88^>NF-6FMZ`$#G$*:5Z`F<`=PK,#UV`;#GWAX+PAKZ M,24#SR`LK/)Y0%0`?K_``."X5ZTYTOD&O0(!!#!`5EK4.`1@"T8H:T[CSL(3 M!S3N.)6[4E`>D!7/(*MP%4A/WL)".O]]-`\`M\L']QHWJL`I('#S$$`^\H:[ M@P#O2@VTWD`$(#9T]26&-\1A#M_C``>0RWH6.)<.A3A$NKB+B$=45YIX\H`% M(A%=&?!A]&CX);(YT8I73!<^HC@]!@P(BU^$GGW`.$:_+`@"!2#>%LE8%U^U M#88UCA'.CK17'7$8WR,F,@A#84/)=K MJ+7:`)0E*10_LTP7*O'3)(?X2X8%P-!'!&(C:,XS41]\VA4;T`/CS,4>0,G' M/<2IMJ@]=#WY:$,Q_QD?!_1`74!+(DT*QQ1`/Q#;E$\Q<()&`Y)^/)/0>2D(%$93D$6"I^ABH?87()`OZHB),` MH)AE$L=S"DJK73*`IP^&U(H9,0A/J(29)AI%`&B4#V1VRM/%H(N5_T$]8COA M0ZJ/-&!+<[G`A.JR-C6R"S*\,8V,;#J?2V:TEO1A@$@8`YX'W*,HJ5V(0![#$WHL=R`9B`@`K)8/ M][6KMN=IR;'7HD++",(0M/J+NFY7KGI>$-RN+4%D$@ MZ>LXAYN?`@Z7GOT])BSK'4@!%AN?.T*6B+QTGD"Q&\CGVFN#^GVN3N9;6?B2 MC'3J:6Y0%MR6/$'``%JM5U4-P("EJ$V",!'BE.$W'\$0%0`#SG`/_K0!:`5+7&<;?S^<>6['$N"PBK M2)Z)@4Z.&10!6:LH+O,3`6)BS&4B2IRQ"Q8!*&=,01GS)2&R@#XB<`ZE#J0" M,;C!4R^W``BX[+QJ"U9JXIH;!_##1P@H@&]6IF)$M6BN">H;!"1P@1WPY@). M(E0"H%0R8UEE3L.R5DDTRR5U&EB'KX3/UAR%MCLGH,\YFX"AC`D`?5@+`:!B M\SG2RSA\=40V'>E``934)DM*SH/N*@;`9]31!S2DO"4A`CKY-EB$_;HHIJ1($ M%-?`;QJ%'C&@@`+_+)#H"$[Z2QBMX6_EP]&IJF1M$]/O716DIH4LIAI43K:" M*.`0JXT5/`KXIW3`LY2!)``D^."N`JRB$`,(.TV5L9%L'#*/'?SY(SM+`&E$ MPQFJ>8:1`6"T`/2[`#PKDPQ_Z!D#&%7#- MN)!F03&6`'X_\@"W#TLK,5A`6"Y`&@/\(T]/6TFZ@V*HH&B$>P'(QYP6:(]_ MD*8-%+!`R0PS6K?X\#JMNFQH[CV:)UFK6W.1#K[.Q),EHVNM\6GK?-:"_W+, M9,H`^C+:@"`'N@B.2;J[-3#)1;@)_`"X,P)T3S M"-^`B0*`C1U8J*.`@,!R`'-0"/N:"R9ZB()B@&^B%:!(`#$!0;0[%\4@#J)` M":LH@!Y"%3/I06%#B;,3+KI@@`XP!]0[EN#_&V:T8$*XVB(!_0IL+Z`"4.)!!<0!_0*S[ M`PJ-,;A5J;^06A45PSP"X9!Y&(YSZ(%74:P6&X@V($"_*+`#Q*&MVPO120K; M6H"V,!BLF@H?*PD:(9`(R)F":!+5$``"P!U#!`!)%`D0D9=[6HN90(`(J)(= MV"D'.`L$,(=)`P[$(DVX$*>,`0-24AO"5^8L=76PY M!^P)'KD`#!&-E1@XQ<$[`M$*U:BR)^$-"J`8E#B8-5,]K(H6"!`\`M`S';D' MQ_(K5HRA!+RI$2H2IX"8!9H`X8JU"<0J.LF[&*`'H!`H_JL(BK$MK<@'Q,J? M"%0;`AB0!Z``%MF!0D*)F;BTVUB(D+(&91J)G9BRY]J!'$S!`J@&%R,(T,(K M.]-!XFB+=_+'#W)`Z2LD'B,.5%$;$1$LPW+&7.21!4@KX8F/WDJX)_)'!"B5 M@3"8A^*67W&`J`D]"8B!+*N3B>@`/P28)*3#NOB3U*A@!@D@'\P+078 MAV51#+(@%$41EH\1D9I2#VY!F]OB$JQ3RAARQ4%BF[3(B9F8@`N\%8G@F8V( M&/(D-Q"\%QHI#K0*'+33M`:REJI!G;T*K0(PQ+@)#:Y)$!TI`&]Z4(>P`)Z) MB*U138@H#0BX`:,)EG.PK1AX``&H3RJI`'\@E,RA-5<[#L5(B&OZ![$JC0EX MD=5DH<$#F"S#%><0K7MPF:1(2@6P!E2A,_FQ@*DTFL43DQ&<"_^XH0"T*383JHC%(F^`3W8H9(&Z"%VK)CK[)5(*9BV,``;A9T#R++TB($+T(<@(1P\10"YNX"I M0)G*6,[Z48\#$)S),$M2,\#VE!Y4LP`N9;G,:0!F M5!PR>2:4:P`*N$V8"%/AV:LVR(P)8(!Z$XNL""SP>2:T&=.(U)Z@>!'EC+'% MFPD$HAEC=8!YJ"N488"P.-3L,0#EG(E\T(<)2%2>>$(#F>B;:0@G?R`D* M&)G'4+7O1A(^J"S&"(/-(U8\].(*S'1A9V/4NM8 MSY*DDK6B!0D]6/I"1'HR_$@]L%&`#0FK887\S8'%5B6^&MK=F5I0`0S",$C].M"W]YTCPE M"#')!X)E1?;EBY?5)$1[*%0,"W",2'C3E&#).>URC9.R$6N)'>5H8(&P!RMS M@`58F?/*+%7Z6_4=7O[]I";9D@:(F)'@%7)EQ_ZXBZ^QLYDRMR=-S<#57,T+I@@!?W:3@=6+B.-D#;!(V[;.1Z+(`V$$HPZ;?K\`Q[@"+_F:N7-8\GY:3T M[>.@\.)-(KTB(2?3_4QL,KIVP;&U8!Q4/L!6!@`PAB0$P([LD*L%Z+><`(`( M$`D'V($&$(!?^0B4,P?B(@#5`,=1M;,.4`U\4(UN)*4-7F4_;L\94@W>?;4` MLRE[0!O(F.:C>(`828`V+-CI15M5`DD[(Q2/B;:VA!@!4UF(T0H#B("<>("= MH``H>0#!,,6)P:]2J9]MA1-5:N+_/GY;6U(`"A`6>W`9G]"N;+H'.%F\U[6S M!8B`0]6'UMF*5^947H9D2OJ8Z@0XC7BF2+&`D?:]^P=X-W4;R;>M6YDE?;? M3VH`>R2BO>6DB';BB<;KK&OKO2YL3D)J#K[KQ)9>E8YKQYXDM!YLM9;L3]+K MRS[JNEYEI=;L`^QJ^/CJS]8DP>9@PB;M6SKLU/ZDQ5;?QF:7TS.FQ4LHK1`- MR-O)P+T'_Q6;OBLJ&1IUQ#@!;@#`!VSI+([8+7"\C`$<61:&GM!^CY5F;4&B M[-.V[+K@4&Z1BVSBD8QHD@#08YY8BP,Q)J'-(0&(S;DXGZ"P!O]%E(E,M68" MP\25(J)%[.D6)&_N[#^.'F7^B!@XEZ5#*@NXC+=="]4`"RP"$*/`5VRR"V($ M2,!VCPB='GFFW,C&[SHR;?5%;?HPA^4PCTJVAK8`#<_N8!4Q;QWJ:`;_AQ3_ M"&0.[[MHDO);."VN;TRZ[PS'(]<67A-?%\FK6\ MZZCSX!JSGCV,$*G879?5/G1(TN\^AFW'TF+%6!M=F9`)N))7.O`RN9+,(IV" M3/"YFHH&4`B0(Q)^Z%V\$PT$R%^J*9B1*`JL[*=_X+_KT*X=Z-M_8[W3!#)A M/.8D]"?5O51"S4+2F/'\.XH,2("]M*W_0L9W!:F.#)X>0I?2''_V-=IPX>UP M^9@'+0;'#,"@B1`>V,F+`42SP^QI<5>-B_PCO@F1!/CPUV0,N;"&#P,>!S"( M?#A=K#R[CX#`G)$`_>6]6/>C]`+'LWB3*RD(!4F`?Z@2(5=-&1HM'IL`@4F6 MR;.IU_RC'L/B&Q\;C,_X,>+QSYWV+R$1PR*`G@F*!+B'Y>!VMHA*K!*)`\<+ M]%!9NOB6MHCE@:L,\P`,!*!'O%`(^^.R$@R*I8'%\X*8T*#UTQ0(M!)F[GU( M!2`K`->.?N\*JZ<(<+RGE+1'H:MPR!Y[1DITCE]T<!#D6A!ZEP%A3320:X MN!O!ID\)'+)JQHL8.&&#",(1\CR,'UY9PG('%&B#`'ZXLP`XU9R;U5$D#]/B M"4G'C"FWGLPN?46*]J1.?9YX:/%>V=!(4;4!B'LQ"#B0$"$&`@`,=F10`$!! MC`@2VDB(L<`A`'H9\@'HZ+$CQ'OS/N9CT```@@H.,DZP)L'!P`4K%4@@4*$C M@@PQ##Q8^7&E@7L$/1J0<$%!A80`'!"03(>A'DE5PW7XRGENVVT;?Y,VC"^2Y\?#!!:6B/E2$O8)#Z M->S8LE\S(##[-F[!"O[);G#A0>P).P7D+J[80@1];AU,6/L:KV0"KHU3KVX= MM(7&U[?'ICP;@?/0]B[0XVZ^;H4,P#TJ/6Y^?3KZ]P@?W\B7?K[^__ M?S[P.=;7?P4::!EC!RHXEW<+.OC@>]%-!R&%%7I4FX4&*B!@AAUZN!=TD1'X M(8G_95=B?@VBN&*)'"8F'XLQFL<`?C*:QY^-.3X8(F32Z?AC;@D"69V*0QJ9 MGXN(P7@DDYMAV"1N.$(YI74!1N<7E5DB=J+_EK`5V268L"5YF(]AFKD7C6>" MMJ&:;5K&XV,CNCFGD'-"]J6=>1(VIF%+ZFGFDW_NQYN@A?Z%9V)E&MHEEXL6 MAJBCCO)9F)^10CF/6)8.)J6FD4Y*&`$15&"!`:2:>JH%J:JZ*JNMNOHJK+'* M.BNMM=IZ*ZZYZLIJJ::6^D`$-78*V(9V^WW.XPX;![(=!OO_H:?._!^RJ<,,,(.[SPPPU#/+'$V]H6,,89:[PQQQU[ M_#'((8L\,LDEFWPR+